CONTROLLED RELEASE TOPICAL TESTOSTERONE FORMULATIONS AND METHODS

Abstract
The present invention relates to testosterone topical formulations, especially high testosterone concentration formulations, such as between about 6% to about 15% w/w or higher, for the controlled release of testosterone into the systemic circulation of males and females for providing constant effective testosterone blood levels, without inducing undesired testosterone spike in blood levels or testosterone transference, following topical administration. The testosterone topical formulations of the present invention are safe, convenient to use, well tolerated, stable and easily and reproducibly manufactured on scale up. Moreover, because supra-normal and sub-normal testosterone blood levels are believed to be essentially kept to a minimum or avoided and the testosterone serum levels are believed to remain essentially constant during dose life, i.e., the testosterone topical formulation of the present invention mimic or restore testosterone blood levels to normal physiologic daily rhythmic testosterone levels, the novel testosterone topical formulation of the present invention are uniquely suited for testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy and effective for treating males diagnosed with, for example, male testosterone deficiency, such as, low sexual libido, low sexual drive, low sexual activity, low fertility, low spermatogenesis, aspermatogenesis, depression and/or hypogonadism, and females who are diagnosed with, for example, female sexual dysfunction, such as, low sexual libido, low sexual drive, low sexual activity, low amygdala reactivity, low sexual stimulation, hypoactive sexual desire disease (“HSDD”), female sexual arousal disorder and/or anorgasmia. The present invention also relates to methods and pre-filled multi-dose airless applicator systems for pernasal administration of the nasal testosterone gels of the present invention.
Description
FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to testosterone topical formulations, especially high testosterone concentration formulations, such as between about 6% to about 15% w/w or higher, for the controlled release of testosterone into the systemic circulation of males and females after topical application for providing constant effective testosterone blood levels, without causing unwanted testosterone blood level spikes or testosterone transference, that are effective for use in testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy to treat males and females in need of testosterone replacement or testosterone supplemental therapy to treat, for example, male testosterone deficiency, e.g., hypogonoadism, and female sexual dysfunction, including HSDD or anorgasmia. The present invention also relates to methods and pre-filled multi-dose applicator systems for topical administration, including nasal administration, of the testosterone topical formulations.


BACKGROUND

Nasal drug delivery offers many advantages that include rapid adsorption due to abundant capillary vessels, fast onset of action, avoidance of hepatic first-pass metabolism, utility for chronic medication and ease of administration.


It is known that, in contrast to large and/or ionized molecules, lipophilic pharmaceutical compounds having a sufficiently low molecular weight in general are readily adsorbed by the mucous membrane of the nose. For such drugs it is possible to obtain pharmacokinetic profiles similar to those obtained after intravenous injection.


However, maintaining constant in vivo therapeutic drug concentrations for an extended period of time has been problematic because of the rapid mucociliary clearance of the therapeutic agent from the site of deposition resulting in a short span of time available for absorption and of the presence of enzymes that may cause degradation in the nasal cavity.


Effort has been made to overcome these limitations including the use of bioadhesive systems that increase residence time in the nasal cavity, the use of enhancers to improve permeability of the nasal membrane or the use of stabilizers that prevent degradation of drugs.


For example, in GB 1987000012176, the use of bioadhesive microspheres has been proposed by Ilium and, in PCT/GB98/01147, the use of in-situ gelling pectin formulations by West Pharmaceuticals.


Investigations on the nasal absorption of sexual steroids, rather small and lipophilic compounds, have shown that they are readily absorbed by the mucous membrane of the nose and are found very quickly in serum. Due to this fact, to the short half-life of the compounds and to limited possibilities for formulating nasal application forms with sustained release, sexual steroid use in clinical practice has been limited up to now, because hormone replacement therapy, in general, is a long-term application.


Several formulations were proposed for these drugs. Thus, in the case of testosterone, which is nearly water-insoluble and somewhat better in vegetable oil, Hussain et al., “Testosterone 17β-N,N-dimethylglyc-inate hydrochloride: A prodrug with a potential for nasal delivery of testosterone”, J. Pharmaceut. Sci. 91(3): 785-789 (2002), suggested that testosterone might be an ideal candidate for nasal administration, if its solubility in water could be increased. Hussain et al therefore proposed the use of a water-soluble pro-drug, testosterone 17β-N,N-dimethylglycinate, and found serum levels equal to intravenous administration with peak plasma concentrations within 12 min (25 mg dose) and 20 min (50 mg dose), respectively, and elimination half-lives of about 55 min. It should be mentioned that this speed is not necessary/desirable because sex hormone replacement or supplemental therapy is not an emergency therapy requiring peak plasma concentrations immediately following administration.


Ko et al., “Emulsion formulations of testosterone for nasal administration”, J. Microencaps., 15(2): 197-205 (1998), proposed the use of charged testosterone submicron O/W emulsion formulations (water/Tween80, soybean oil/Span80) based on the hypothesis that increased absorption is possible upon solubilization of the drug and/or prolongation of the formulation residence time in the nose. Ko et al. found a higher relative bioavailability of the positively (55%) and negatively (51%) charged emulsion compared to the neutral one (37%). Tmax was observed in every case at about 20 min after administration. It is difficult to assess these results because Ko et al. did not take blood samples before application and thus it is not possible to evaluate the differences in the decrease of serum levels, although from a graph it seems that, after intravenous application (hydroalcoholic solution), the level shows the longest elimination half time. In practice, however, such an emulsion is not suitable because the amount of surfactant needed to achieve the droplet size (430 nm) is not acceptable for nasal application.


The solubility of progesterone in water and oil is somewhat comparable to that of testosterone, but investigators have had different approaches.


For example, Cicinelli et al., “Progesterone administration by nasal spray”, Fertil Steril 56(1): 139-141 (1991), “Nasally-administered progesterone: comparison of ointment and spray formulations”, Maturitas 13(4): 313-317 (1991), “Progesterone administration by nasal sprays in menopausal women: comparison between two different spray formulations”, Gynecol Endocrinol 6(4): 247-251 (1992), “Effects of the repetitive administration of progesterone by nasal spray in postmenopausal women”, Fertil Steril, 60(6): 1020-1024 (1993) and “Nasal spray administration of unmodified progesterone: evaluation of progesterone serum levels with three different radioimmunoassay techniques”, Maturitas 19(1): 43-52 (1994), shows that when progesterone is dissolved in almond oil (20 mg/ml) and administered by nasal spray, this leads to higher progesterone bioavailability than that provided by progesterone dissolved in dimethicone or a PEG-based ointment. After nasal application of progesterone in almond oil Cmax levels were observed after 30 to 60 minutes, decreasing significantly 6 to 8 hours after single administration.


Steege et al. “Bioavailability of nasally administered progesterone”, Fertil Steril, 46(4): 727-729 (1986), shows that when progesterone is dissolved in polyethylene glycol (200 mg/ml), a Tmax at 30 min is achieved and that the duration of serum level is at least 8 hours but with high variations.


When progesterone is formulated in ethanol/propylene glycol/water, however, the Tmax is only 5.5 min. See Kumar et al., “Pharmacokinetics of progesterone after its administration to ovariectomized rhesus monkeys by injection, infusion, or nasal spraying”, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A., 79: 4185-9(1982).


Provasi et al., “Nasal delivery progesterone powder formulations comparison with oral administration”, Boll. Chim. Farm. 132(10): 402-404 (1993), investigated powder mixtures (co-ground and co-lyophilized progesterone/cyclodextrin) containing progesterone and shows that when these powder mixtures are administered nasally, a progesterone Tmax of within 2-5 min and a serum level decrease of within about 20 min are achieved.


These results are quite similar to that found for testosterone (see above) and for an already marketed aqueous nasal spray containing estradiol, formulated in cyclodextrin (Aerodiol®). Maximum plasma levels are reached within about 10-30 minutes decreasing to about 10% of the peak value after 2 hours. Again, this speed is not necessary for sex hormone replacement therapy and not desirable in view of the short elimination half-life of hormones.


Apart from the “liberation/adsorption” problem referenced above, in connection with sexual hormones and bioavailability, and the nearly exclusively crucial liver metabolism and short half-life problems, there is also the problem of high testosterone protein-binding in the circulating plasma of men and women. Approximately 40% of circulating plasma testosterone, e.g., binds to sex hormone binding globulin (SHBG)—in men about 2% testosterone and in women up to 3% testosterone remains unbound (free)—and the remainder binds to albumin and other proteins. The fraction bound to albumin dissociates easily and is presumed to be biologically active, whereas the SHBG fraction is not. The amount of SHBG in plasma, however, determines the distribution of testosterone in free and bound forms, where free testosterone concentrations determine (limit) the drug's half-life.


Notwithstanding the above, there still are needs for testosterone formulation systems for controlling the release of testosterone into the systemic circulation of men and women that (a) are therapeutically effective when administered intranasally to male and female patients, (b) provide constant effective testosterone blood levels, without unwanted testosterone blood level spike, over dose life, and (c) are safe, convenient to use, well tolerated, stable and easily and reproducibly manufactured on scale up.


SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

The present invention overcomes the above-mentioned disadvantages and drawbacks associated with current testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy and is directed to novel sustained or controlled release testosterone gels, for topical administration inclusive of pernasal administration, which uniquely provide constant effective testosterone blood levels, without causing undesired testosterone blood level spikes, over dose life when the novel testosterone topical formulations are administered to a dermal surface of males or females. In addition, the novel testosterone topical formulations of the present invention are safe, convenient to use, well tolerated, stable and easily and reproducibly manufactured on scale up. Moreover, because supra-normal and sub-normal testosterone levels are believed to be essentially kept to a minimum or avoided and the testosterone serum levels are believed to remain essentially constant during their dose life, i.e., the testosterone topical formulations of the present invention mimic or restore testosterone blood levels to normal physiologic daily rhythmic testosterone levels when the novel testosterone topical formulations of the present invention are administered topically, the novel testosterone topical formulation of the present invention are uniquely suited for testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy and are effective to treat males and females in need of testosterone replacement or testosterone supplemental therapy to treat, for example, male testosterone deficiency or female sexual dysfunction, including anorgasmia.


The present invention is also directed to novel methods for topical administration, including pernasal administration, of the nasal testosterone gels. Generally speaking, the novel methods of the present invention involve depositing the intranasal testosterone gels topically onto a dermal surface, such as a forearm, chest, back, underarm, etc., or into the nasal cavity of each nostril, to deliver a therapeutically effective amount of testosterone over dose life for providing constant effective testosterone blood levels for use in testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy and for effectively treating males and females in need of testosterone replacement or testosterone supplemental therapy to treat, for example, male testosterone deficiency or female sexual dysfunction.


In accordance with the novel methods of the present invention, the intranasal testosterone formulations can be formulated into any effective testosterone concentration, including very high testosterone concentrations, such as between about 6% and 15% w/w or higher, to deliver between about 20 mg to about 100 mg of testosterone once or twice daily in dosage amounts of between about 200 μl at 10% testosterone w/w and about 534 μl at about 15% testosterone w/w or more. While the intranasal testosterone formulations of the present invention can be deposited on any dermal surface, such as the nose, arms, legs, chest, stomach, back, neck, ears, navel, under-arms, buttocks, scrotum, penis shaft, penis head, etc., they are uniquely suited to be deposited in small amounts, as indicated above, on discrete areas of the body, such as inside the navel, behind the ears, under the arms or within the nasal cavity, so as to minimize or prevent testosterone transference that is commonly associated with other testosterone topicals on the market today. When administered pernasally, the intranasal testosterone formulations are deposited on the outer external walls (opposite the nasal septum) inside the naval cavity of each nostril, preferably at about the middle to about the upper section of the outer external wall (opposite the nasal septum) just under the cartilage section of the outer external wall inside the naval cavity of each nostril. Once gel deposition is complete within each nostril of the nose, the outer nose is then preferably gently and carefully squeezed and/or rubbed by the patient, so that the deposited gel remains in contact with the mucosal membranes within the nasal cavity for sustained or controlled release of the testosterone over dose life. In accordance with the present invention, typical testosterone gel dosage amounts deposited pernasal application ranges from about 140 μl to about 180 μl.


While the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention are preferred pharmaceutical preparations when practicing the novel methods of the present invention, it should be understood that the novel topical intranasal gel formulations and methods of the present invention also contemplate the pernasal administration of any suitable testosterone formulations or any suitable active ingredient, either alone or in combination with testosterone or other active ingredients, such as neurosteroids or sexual hormones (e.g., androgens and progestins, like testosterone, estradiol, estrogen, oestrone, progesterone, etc.), neurotransmitters, (e.g., acetylcholine, epinephrine, norepinephrine, dopamine, serotonin, melatonin, histamine, glutamate, gamma aminobutyric acid, aspartate, glycine, adenosine, ATP, GTP, oxytocin, vasopressin, endorphin, nitric oxide, pregnenolone, etc.), prostaglandin, benzodiazepines like diazepam, midazolam, lorazepam, etc., and PDEF inhibitors like sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil, etc., in any suitable pharmaceutical preparation, such as a liquid, cream, ointment, lotion salve, gel strip or gel. Examples of additional topical formulations for practice in accordance with the novel methods of the present invention include those set forth in the topical pernasal formulations disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,578,588, 5,756,071 and 5,756,071 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0100564, 2007/0149454 and 2009/0227550, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.


The present invention is also directed to novel pre-filled, multi-dose applicator systems for pernasal administration to strategically and uniquely deposit the nasal testosterone gels at the preferred locations within the nasal cavity for practicing the novel methods and teachings of the present invention. Generally, speaking the applicator systems of the present invention are, e.g., airless fluid, dip-tube fluid dispensing systems or pumps or any other system suitable for practicing the methods of the present invention. The applicator systems or pumps include, for example, a chamber, pre-filled with multiple doses of an intranasal testosterone gel of the present invention, that is closed by an actuator nozzle. The actuator nozzle may comprise an outlet channel and tip, wherein the actuator nozzle is shaped to conform to the interior surface of a user's nostril for (a) consistent delivery of uniform dose amounts of an intranasal testosterone gel of the present invention during pernasal application within the nasal cavity, and (b) deposition at the instructed location within each nostril of a patient as contemplated by the novel methods and teachings of the present invention. Preferably, when inserted into a nasal cavity, the pump design is configured to help ensure that the nasal tip is properly positioned within the nasal cavity so that, when the gel is dispensed, the gel is dispensed within the appropriate location within the nasal cavity. See Steps 3 and 8 in FIG. 10A. Additionally, the nozzles of te pumps are preferably designed to dispense the gels from from the side in a swirl direction, i.e., the tips of the nozzles are designed to dispense in a side distribution direction, as opposed to a direct distribution direction, onto the nasal mucosa, as shown in steps 4 and 9 of FIG. 10A. It is believed that the swirl action allows for better gel adhesion and side distribution from the nozzle tip avoids the dispensed gel from splashing back onto the tip. Finally, it is preferred to design the nozzle and tip to allow for any residual gel on the nozzle/tip to be wiped off as the tip is removed from the nasal cavity. See, e.g., FIGS. 10A and 10 B. Examples of pre-filled, multi-dose applicator systems include the COMOD system available from Ursatec, Verpackung-GmbH, Schillerstr. 4, 66606 St. Wendel, Germany or the Albion or Digital airless applicator systems available from Airlessystems, RD 149 27380 Charleval, France or 250 North Route 303 Congers, NY 10950, as shown in FIGS. 1-4


The salient elements of the novel intranasal testosterone gels according to the present invention comprise (a) testosterone in an effective amount, e.g., an amount of between about 0.5% and about 10% or higher, by weight; (b) at least one lipophilic or partly lipophilic carrier; (c) a super solvent or a mixture of super solvents for increasing the solubility of the testosterone, (d) a gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent for controlling the release of the testosterone from the gels following intranasal administration, and, optionally, (e) a surface active agent or a mixture of surface active agents, i.e., surfactant(s), having surface tension decreasing activity.


In accordance with the present invention, the testosterone drug can be in, for instance, crystalline, amorphous, micronized, non-micronized, powder, small particle or large particle form when formulating the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention. An Exemplary range of testosterone particle sizes include from about 0.5 microns to about 200 microns. Preferably, the testosterone particle size is in a range of from about 5 microns to about 100 microns, and the testosterone is in crystalline or amorphous and non-micronized or micronized form. Preferably, the testosterone is in crystalline or amorphous micronized form.


In one embodiment in accordance with the present invention, the lipophilic carrier is an oil, preferably, a liquid oil. The oil can be natural, synthetic, semi-synthetic, vegetal or mineral, mostly hydrophobic. Preferably, the oils are any acceptable vegetable oil, such as, castor oil, almond oil, linseed oil, canola oil, coconut oil, corn oil, cottonseed oil, palm oil, peanutoil, poppy seed oil and soybean oil. Also contemplated by the present invention, the oils can be a mineral oil (light mineral or paraffin), synthetic or refined isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, capryl caprylate, methyl stearate, medium chain triglycerides, propylene glycol dicaprylocaprate, cetostearyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol and mixtures thereof.


More preferably, the oil is any acceptable vegetable oil.


Most preferably, the oil is castor oil, such as Crystal O® or Crystal LC USP.


In accordance with the present invention, the carrier is present in the intranasal testosterone gels in an amount of between about 30% and about 98% by weight, preferably, between about 42% and about 96% by weight, more preferably, between about 67% and about 95% by weight, even more preferably, between about 82% and about 95% by weight, and most preferably between about 87% and about 94.5% by weight of the testosterone gel.


The intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention are uniquely formulated with at least one super solvent for enhancing testosterone solubility. In accordance with the present invention, the super solvents are generally characterized as non aqueous solvents that are miscible with the carrier or oil and are present in the intranasal testosterone gels in amounts suitable to form a gel during gel formulation or gel manufacture and in advance of pernasal application. In accordance with the present invention, intranasal gels of the present invention are not emulsified in situ following application of the gels into the nasal cavity. Typically, the super solvents are present in the intranasal testosterone gels in amounts ranging from about 1% to about 50% by weight. Also, the super solvents as contemplated by the present invention can be characterized as (1) enhancing testosterone solubility in the intranasal testosterone gels, (2) being acceptable to the nasal mucosal within the nasal cavities and (3) having no surfactant activity. Examples of super solvents in accordance with the present invention include dimethyl isosorbide, pharma grade, such as Super Refined® Arlasolve™-DMI, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, such as Transcutol-P®, glycerin, propylene glycol, 1-methyl 2-pyrrolidone, glycerol and satisfactory mixtures thereof.


Preferably, the super solvent comprises dimethyl isosorbide (Super Refined® Arlasolve™-DMI.


While the super solvents of the present invention may be generally present within the intranasal testosterone gels in amounts ranging from about 1% to about 50% by weight, the preferable amounts range from about 1% to about 25% by weight, more preferably, from about 5% to about 20% by weight, and more preferably, from about 5% to about 15%. Most preferably, the super solvents of the present invention are present in the intranasal testosterone gels in an amount at about 15% by weight.


In addition, the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention include a gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent to (1) form a gel, (2) enhance gel viscosity, and (3) control the release of the testosterone from an intranasal testosterone gel following pernasal administration, as contemplated herein by the present invention, i.e., to provide a gel with suitable viscosity and having a slow constant rate of release of the testosterone from the intranasal testosterone gel following pernasal administration, so that a constant effective testosterone blood level or profile, without testosterone spike, is achieved and maintained over dose life in a male or female patient in need of testosterone replacement therapy to treat, e.g., male testosterone deficiency or female sexual dysfunction, respectively.


Preferably, a viscosity regulating agent of the present invention comprises a thickener or gelling agent and examples include cellulose and cellulose derivatives, e.g., hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxyethyl cellulose, polysaccharides, carbomers, acrylic polymers, such as Carbopol®, polyvinyl alcohol and other vinylic polymers, povidone, colloidal silicon dioxide, such as Aerosil® 200 or Cab-O-Sil®, lipophilic silicon dioxide, such as Aerosil® R972, cetyl alcohols, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate, wax, beeswax, petrolatum, lipophilic gum, triglycerides, lanolin, inulin and suitable mixtures thereof.


More preferably, the gel-forming or viscosity increasing agent is colloidal silicon dioxide, and even more preferably, SiO2 and polyvinyl alcohol.


In accordance with the present invention, the gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent is present within the intranasal testosterone gels in amounts generally ranging from about 0.5% to about 10% by weight, preferably, about 0.5% to about 5% by weight, more preferably, about 1% to about 4% by weight, and most preferably, at about 3% by weight.


The intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention have in general, a viscosity in the range of between about 3,000 cps and about 27,000 cps. It should nevertheless be understood by those versed in this art that, while the above-mentioned viscosity range is believed to be a preferred viscosity range, any suitable viscosities or viscosity ranges that do not defeat the objectives of the present invention are contemplated.


The intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention may optionally, but not necessarily, be formulated with at least one surfactant, such as lecithin, fatty acid esters of polyvalent alcohols, fatty acid esters of sorbitanes, fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylensorbitans, fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylene, fatty acid esters of sucrose, fatty acid esters of polyglycerol, sorbitol, glycerine, polyethylene glycol, macrogol glycerol fatty acid ester and satisfactory mixtures thereof. Examples include oleoyl macrogolglyceride and suitable mixtures of oleoyl macrogolglycerides.


Other examples of surfactants suitable for use in accordance with the present invention include those illustrated in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,578,588, 5,756,071, and 5,576,071 and in U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0100564, 2007/0149454 and 2009/0227550, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.


The amount of testosterone in an intranasal testosterone gel of the present invention that will be therapeutically effective in a specific situation will depend upon such things as the dosing regimen, the application site, the particular gel formulation, dose longevity and the condition being treated. As such, it is generally not practical to identify specific administration amounts herein; however, it is believed that those skilled in the art will be able to determine appropriate therapeutically effective amounts based on the guidance provided herein, information available in the art pertaining to testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy, and routine testing.


The term “a therapeutically effective amount” means an amount of testosterone sufficient to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect (1) for use in testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy, and/or (2) to treat (a) males diagnosed with male testosterone deficiency, namely, low sexual libido, drive or sexual activity, low fertility, low spermatogenesis, aspermatogenesis, depression and/or hypogonadism in males, and (b) female sexual dysfunction (“FSD”), namely, low sexual libido, drive or sexual activity, low amygdala reactivity, low sexual stimulation, female sexual arousal disorder, hypoactive sexual desire disorder (“HSDD”) and/or female orgasmic disorder (“anorgasmia”) in females.


In general, the amount of testosterone present in an intranasal gel formulation of the present invention will be an amount effective to treat a targeted condition, to prevent recurrence of the condition, or to promote sexual stimulation and/or reproduction in males or amygdala reactivity or sexual stimulation in females, as indicated above and herein throughout. In certain embodiments, the amount or concentration of testosterone is at least about 0.5% by weight, such as, for example, at least about 1%, at least about 2%, at least about 3%, at least about 4%, at least about 5%, at least about 6%, at least about 7%, at least about 8%, at least about 9%, and at least about 10% by weight based on the total weight of the intranasal testosterone gel formulation. In other embodiments, the amount of testosterone is at most about 10% by weight, such as, for example, at most about 9%, at most about 8%, at most about 7%, at most about 6%, at most about 5%, at most about 4%, at most about 3%, at most about 2%, at most about 1%, and at most about 0.5%, including any and all increments there between including about 0.25% increments, more or less, by weight based on the total weight of the intranasal testosterone gel formulation. In certain embodiments, the amount or concentration of testosterone is at least about 0.1% by weight, such as, for example, at least about 0.125%, at least about 0.15%, at least about 0.175%, at least about 0.2%, at least about 0.225%, at least about 0.25%, at least about 0.275%, at least about 0.3%, at least about 0.325%, at least about 0.35%, at least about 0.375%, at least about 0.4%, at least about 0.425%, at least about 0.45%, at least about 0.475%, at least about 0.5%, at least about 0.525%, at least about 0.55%, at least about 0.575%, at least about 0.6%, at least about 0.625%, at least about 0.65%, at least about 0.675%, at least about 0.7%, at least about 0.725%, at least about 0.75%, at least about 0.775%, at least about 0.8%, at least about 0.825%, at least about 0.85%, at least about 0.875%, at least about 0.9%, at least about 0.925%, at least about 0.95%, at least about 0.975%, etc. in about 0.25%, more or less, increments up to about 10% by weight based on the total weight of the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention.


Also as contemplated by the present invention, the testosterone may be present in each pernasal dosage of the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention in amounts ranging from about 0.5 to about 10% by weight, preferably from about 1% to about 9% by weight, more preferably, for male treatment, from about 7% to about 9%, and more preferably, from about 7.5% to about 8.5% by weight, and most preferably, at about 8% by weight, and for female treatment, from about 0.1% to about 2% by weight, from about 0.5% to 1% by weight, from about 1% to about 2% by weight, from about 2% to about 3% by weight, from about 3% to about 4% by weight, from about 4% to about 5% by weight, etc., wherein each pernasal dosage is in the general size range of between about 140 microliters and 180 microliters, preferably between about 140 microliters and 160 microliters, and more preferably between about 140 microliters and about 150 microliters pernasal dosage.


For treatment of male testosterone deficiency, such as low sexual libido or drive, low sexual activity, low spermatogenesis, aspermatogenesis, depression and/or hypogonadism, an effective amount of testosterone drug is preferably present within the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention in amounts generally ranging from at least about 0.05 mg to about 0.13 mg or more per microliter dose, e.g., about 140 microliters to about 180 microliters, administered in each nostril (pernasal) for a total intranasal testosterone dose of at least about 20 mg to about 36 mg pernasal application. Thus, and by way of example, to achieve delivery of 20 mg of testosterone as a total dose, each 140 microliter dose should contain about 0.07 mg of testosterone, whereas a 180 microliter dose should have about 0.55 mg of testosterone. If total dose of about 28 mg testosterone is desired, each 140 microliter dose should contain about 0.1 mg of testosterone, whereas a 180 microliter dose should have about 0.78 mg of testosterone. If, however, about 36 mg testosterone is desired as a total dose, each 180 microliter dose should contain about 0.1 mg of testosterone, whereas each 140 microliter dose should contain about 0.13 mg of testosterone. It is currently believed that an 8% intranasal testosterone gel in a pernasal dosage amount of about 140 microliters (about 11.2 mg of testosterone per 140 microliters) is preferred for delivering a total combined testosterone dose of about 22.4 mg per application (about 11.2 mg of testosterone pernasal application), or for delivering a total combined testosterone daily dose of about 22.4 mg and about 44.8 mg when administered once or twice per day pernasal, respectively, to treat a male testosterone deficiency to restore testosterone to normal testosterone blood levels observed in healthy young males, i.e., from about 200 nanograms/dl to about 1500 nanograms/dl of testosterone.


In accordance with the present invention, examples of rates of diffusion of the testosterone in the intranasal gels of the present invention through a Franz cell membrane, as contemplated by the present invention, range from between about 28 and 100 slope/mgT %, and preferably about 30 and 95 slope/mgT %. For those intranasal gels formulated with between about 4.0% and 4.5% testosterone, the preferred rates of diffusion of testosterone are between about 28 and 35 slope/mgT %. See, for example, Examples 9 and 10.


For treatment of female sexual dysfunction, such as low sexual libido, low sexual drive, low sexual activity, low amygdala reactivity, anorgasmia and/or HSDD, it is currently believed that the total testosterone dosage amount delivered each day to increase amygdala reactivity in middle age women, i.e., ages between about 40 and about 65, or to restore testosterone to normal testosterone levels comparable to that of healthy young women, i.e., ages between about 30 and about 45, e.g., from a low of about 30 nanograms/dl to a high of about 150 nanograms/dl, to treat FSD, may be, for example, in the general range of from about 100 micrograms to about 5000 micrograms or more. This can be accomplished by delivering, for example, from or up to about 0.1 mg (about 0.050 mg per nostril), from or up to about 0.2 mg (about 0.1 mg per nostril), 300 micrograms (about 0.15 mg per nostril), from or up to about 0.4 mg, (about 0.2 mg per nostril), from or up to about 0.5 mg (about 0.25 mg per nostril), from or up to about 0.6 mg (about 0.3 mg per nostril), from or up to about 0.7 mg (about 0.35 mg per nostril), from or up to about 0.8 mg (about 0.4 mg per nostril), from or up to about 0.9 mg (about 0.45 mg per nostril), from or up to about 1 mg (about 0.5 mg per nostril), from or up to about 1.1 mg (about 0.55 mg per nostril), from or up to about 1.2 mg (about 0.6 mg per nostril), from or up to about 1.5 mg (about 0.75 mg per nostril), from or up to about 1.8 mg (about 0.9 mg per nostril), from or up to about 2 mg (about 1 mg per nostril), from or up to about 2.5 mg (about 1.25 mg per nostril), from or up to about 3 mg (about 1.5 mg per nostril), from or up to about 3.5 mg (about 1.75 mg per nostril), from or up to about 4 mg (about 2 mg per nostril), from or up to about 4.5 mg (about 2.25 mg per nostril), from or up to about 5 mg (about 2.5 mg per nostril), or even up to about 5.25 mg, 5.5 mg, 5.75 mg, 6 mg, 6.25 mg, 6.5 mg, 6.75 mg, 7 mg, 7.25 mg, 7.5 mg, or even higher testosterone amounts, per total daily dose administered, e.g., once or twice per day to treat female sexual dysfunction, or twice the above mg amounts as a total daily administered once per day to treat female sexual dysfunction.


While the present invention has identified what it believes to be preferred concentrations of intranasal testosterone gel formulations, numbers of applications per day, durations of therapy, pernasal methods and pre-filled, multi-dose applicator systems, it should be understood by those versed in this art that any effective concentration of testosterone in an intranasal gel formulation of the present invention that delivers an effective amount of testosterone and any numbers of applications per day, week, month or year, as described herein, that can effectively treat male testosterone deficiency or female sexual dysfunction, without causing unwanted testosterone spiking or treatment limiting reactions or related adverse events is contemplated by the present invention.


The above summary of the present invention is not intended to describe each disclosed embodiment or every implementation of the present invention. The description that further exemplifies illustrative embodiments. In several places throughout the application, guidance is provided through examples, which examples can be used in various combinations. In each instance, the examples serve only as representative groups and should not be interpreted as exclusive examples.





BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

The foregoing and other objects, advantages and features of the present invention, and the manner in which the same are accomplished, will become more readily apparent upon consideration of the following detailed description of the present invention taken in conjunction with the accompanying figures and examples, which illustrate embodiments, wherein:



FIG. 1 is a side view of a first embodiment of a distributor pump of the invention;



FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional side view of the distributor pump of the first embodiment of the invention;



FIG. 3 is a side view of a second embodiment of a distributor pump of the invention;



FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional side view of the distributor pump of the second embodiment of the invention;



FIG. 5 is a side view of a second embodiment of a distributor pump of the invention concerning an airless bottle assembly of the invention;



FIG. 6 is a side view of a second embodiment of a distributor pump of the invention concerning digital actuator and rounded cap;



FIG. 7A depicts the right nostril of subject #1 after a single dose syringe administration;



FIG. 7B depicts the left nostril of subject #1 after a multiple dose dispenser administration;



FIG. 8A depicts the right nostril of subject #2 after a single dose syringe administration;



FIG. 8B depicts the left nostril of subject #2 after a multiple dose dispenser administration;



FIG. 9A depicts the right nostril of subject #3 after a single dose syringe administration;



FIG. 9B depicts the left nostril of subject #3 after a multiple dose dispenser administration;



FIGS. 10A and 10B illustrate use of a multiple dose dispenser in accordance with the present invention;



FIG. 11 illustrates a multiple dose dispenser in accordance with the present invention;



FIG. 12 depicts a Franz Cell apparatus position layouts for comparing testing in accordance with Example 5;



FIG. 13 depicts individual amount of testosterone released from the compositions in accordance with Example 5;



FIG. 14 depicts individual testosterone concentration versus time (linear y-axis), that are grouped by subject in accordance with Example 6. Number. Black: baseline; blue: syringe; salmon: multiple dose dispenser. T=0 is at 21:00 clock-time (±30 minutes), t=12 is at 9:00 (±30 minutes) clock-time;



FIG. 15 depicts individual (blue) and median (black) testosterone concentration versus time (linear y-axis), that are grouped by treatment;



FIG. 16 depicts the probability density of the log ratio of testosterone levels that are reached with the multiple dose dispenser over levels that are reached with the syringe;



FIG. 17 depicts solubility of testosterone in different vehicles at 32° C. and at 50° C.;



FIG. 18 depicts Ternary solvent mixture optimization: Contour plot shows that, in order to achieve more than 6% testosterone solubility, higher levels of DMI and Transcutol are required;



FIG. 19 depicts a flow diagram for manufacturing TBS-1.



FIGS. 20A and 20B depict a flow diagram of a manufacturing process of an antranasal testosterone gel of the present invention;



FIG. 21 depicts a mean concentration-time curves of testosterone (solid squares) and DHT (open squares) after single-dose administration of 3 different TBS-1 strengths (7.6 mg=squares; 15.2 mg=circles; 22.8 mg triangles). The lower limit of normal range for testosterone is indicated with the dashed line (based on morning serum samples);



FIG. 22 depicts testosterone diffusion rate of intranasal testosterone gel formulations of Example 6 using Franz cells method;



FIG. 23 depicts the pharmacokinetic profiles of 15 male subjects using the formulas of Example 6;



FIG. 24 depicts a comparison between TBS 1 A 8% (Part 1);



FIG. 25 depicts a comparison between TBS 1 A 8% (Part 1);



FIG. 26 depicts a comparison between 6 hours and 24 hours run (RD11101 and RD11102)



FIG. 27 depicts a comparison between TBS 1 A 4% (Part I);



FIG. 28 depicts a comparison between TBS 1 A 4% (Part II);



FIG. 29 depicts a comparison between TBS 1 A 4% (Part Ill);



FIG. 30 depicts a comparison slower diffusion;



FIG. 31 depicts a comparison between 6 hours and 24 hours run (RD11063 and RD11085); and



FIG. 32 depicts a comparison between 400 mg and 1 gram of gel (RD11063).





DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

By way of illustrating and providing a more complete appreciation of the present invention and many of the attendant advantages thereof, the following detailed description and examples are given concerning the novel intranasal testosterone gels, application devices and methods of the present invention.


In general, the present invention relates to an intranasal testosterone gel pharmaceutical composition comprising testosterone and a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle for testosterone, which vehicle comprises a super solvent or suitable mixtures of super solvents, a gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent to control the release of testosterone from the intranasal testosterone gels and, optionally, a surface active agent or a mixture of surface active agents, i.e., surfactant(s), having surface tension decreasing activity. More specifically, the present invention is drawn to intranasal testosterone gels for topical pernasal administration, e.g., onto the mucosal membranes inside the nasal cavity for each nostril, for the sustained or controlled release of testosterone into the systemic circulations of males and females for providing constant effective testosterone blood levels, without testosterone spike, over dose life, which are effective to effectively treat males and females in need of testosterone replacement or testosterone supplemental therapy who, for example, have been diagnosed with or suffer from either male testosterone deficiency or female sexual dysfunction, wherein the intranasal testosterone gels comprise: (a) a testosterone drug in an amount effective to achieve constant effective testosterone blood levels, for example, between about 0.5% and about 15% by weight or more; (b) at least one lipophilic or partly lipophilic carrier, such as a liquid oil, to solubilize the testosterone drug; (c) a super solvent or a mixture of super solvents for increasing or enhancing testosterone solubility, especially at higher testosterone drug concentrations, (d) a gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent for creating a sustained release profile for the testosterone; and, optionally, (e) a surface active agent or a mixture of surface active agents, i.e., surfactant(s), having surface tension decreasing activity. While the present invention may be embodied in many different forms, several specific embodiments are discussed herein with the understanding that the present disclosure is to be considered only as an exemplification of the principles of the present invention, and it is not intended to limit the present invention to the embodiments described or illustrated.


Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities, ratios, and numerical properties of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term “about”, whether or not the term “about” is actually used in sentence construction.


All parts, percentages, ratios, etc. herein are by weight unless indicated otherwise.


As used herein, the singular forms “a” or “an” or “the” are used interchangeably and are intended to include the plural forms as well and fall within each meaning, unless expressly stated otherwise. Also as used herein, “at least one” is intended to mean “one or more” of the listed element(s). Singular word forms are intended to include plural word forms and are likewise used herein interchangeably where appropriate and fall within each meaning, unless expressly stated otherwise. Except where noted otherwise, capitalized and non-capitalized forms of all terms fall within each meaning.


The intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention are chemically and physically stable and can in the dosage form of, for example, a suspension or a solution of the pharmacologically active substance. Preferably, the intranasal testosterone gels are filled into a preservative-free, airless multi-dose device able to accurately deliver doses of the above testosterone gel, also at higher viscosities.


Once at the absorption site, it is believed that the testosterone will be efficiently trapped at the deposition site and be absorbed at a predictable rate across the mucous membrane of the patient, thereby limiting possible deactivation by metabolizing enzymes and/or protein-binding and testosterone spike.


The intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention comprise (a) the hormone, testosterone, in an amount of from about 0.5% up to about 10% by weight; (b) at least one lipophilic or partly lipophilic carrier; (c) a super solvent or a mixture of super solvents for increasing the solubility of testosterone, (d) a gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent in order to create a sustained release effect regarding testosterone release from the intranasal testosterone gels following pernasal administration and, optionally, (e) a surface active agent or a mixture of surface active agents, i.e., surfactant(s), having surface tension decreasing activity.


The testosterone hormonal drug of this invention may be introduced into the intranasal testosterone gels in a processed form such as microspheres, liposomes, micronized, etc.


The term “lipophilic carrier” shall comprise, but not limited to, a vegetable oil such as castor oil, soybean oil, sesame oil or peanut oil, fatty acid ester such as ethyl- and oleyloleat, isopropylmyristate, medium chain triglycerides, glycerol esters of fatty acids, or polyethylene glycol, phospholipids, white soft paraffin, or hydrogenated castor oil. Particularly preferred is castor oil, such as Crystal O® or Crystal LC USP.


The incorporation of the testosterone is also possible into an oil mixture and contemplated by the present invention.


The particular amount of oil that constitutes an effective amount is dependent on the particular viscosity regulating agent (see below) used in the testosterone gel. It is therefore not practical to enumerate specific amounts for use with specific formulations of the invention.


Generally, however, the lipophilic part can be present in a formulation in an amount between about 30% and about 98% by weight, preferably between about 42% and about 96% by weight, more preferably between about 67% and about 94% by weight, even more preferably between about 82% and about 95% by weight and most preferably between about 87% and about 94.5% by weight of the testosterone gel.


As discussed above, the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention include at least one super solvent for enhancing testosterone solubility. The super solvents are generally characterized as non aqueous solvents that are miscible with the carrier or oil and are present in the 10 intranasal testosterone gels in amounts suitable to form a gel during gel formulation or gel manufacture and in advance of pernasal application (the gels do not emulsifiy in situ following application into the nasal cavity). Thus, the super solvents as contemplated by the present invention are characterized as (1) enhancing testosterone solubility in the intranasal testosterone gels, (2) being acceptable to the nasal mucosal within the nasal cavities and (3) having no surfactant activity.


Examples of super solvents include dimethyl isosorbide, pharma grade, such as Super Refined Aralasolve®-DMI, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, such as Transcutol-P®, glycerin, propylene glycol, 1-methyl 2-pyrrolidone, glycerol and satisfactory mixtures thereof. A preferred super solvent for use in accordance with the present invention is a dimethyl isosorbide, such as Super Refined® Arlasolve™-DMI.


While the super solvents of the present invention may be generally present within the intranasal testosterone gels in amounts ranging from about 1% to about 80% by weight, preferable ranges are from about 1% to about 70% by weight, from about 1% to about 60% by weight, from about 1% to about 50% by weight, from about 1% to about 40% by weight, from about 1% to about 30% by weight, from about 1% to about 20% by weight and from about 1% to about 10% by weight. A more preferable range is from about 1% to about 25% by weight, whereas an even more preferable range is from about 5% to about 20% by weight, and an even more preferable range is from about 5% to about 15%. One preferable concentration for a super solvent formulated in an intranasal testosterone gel of the present invention is about 15% by weight. See FIG. 18.


The term “viscosity regulating agent” shall mean a thickener or gelling agent. Examples are, but not limited to, cellulose and cellulose derivatives thereof, such as hydroxypropyl cellulose and hydroxyethyl cellulose, polysaccharides, carbomers, acrylic polymers, such as Carbopol®, polyvinyl alcohol and other vinylic polymers, povidone, Co-Polyvidone (Kollidon VA64) colloidal silicon dioxide, such as Aerosil® 200 or Cab-O-Sil®, such as Cab-O-Sil® M-5P, lipophilic silicon dioxide, such as Aerosil®R972, cetyl alcohols, stearic acid, glyceryl behenate, wax, beeswax, petrolatum, triglycerides, lanolin and suitable mixtures thereof. It is believed, however, that colloidal silicon dioxide (such as Aerosil® 200, as available from Degussa), SiO2 and polyvinyl alcohol are particularly useful.


The incorporation of the testosterone drug is also possible into a mixture of thickeners or gelling agents.


The particular amount of thickener/gelling agent that constitutes an effective amount is dependent on the particular oil or oil mixture (see above) used in the formulation. It is therefore not practical to enumerate specific amounts for use with specific formulations of the invention. Generally, however, the thickener/gelling agent(s) can be present in a formulation in an amount from about 0.5 to about 10% by weight, preferably about 0.5 to about 5% by weight, more preferably about 1 to about 3% by weight, and most preferably at about 3% by weight.


The Testosterone gel may further optionally, but not necessarily, include a surfactant such as, but not limited to, lecithin, fatty acid ester of polyvalent alcohols, of sorbitanes, of polyoxyethylensorbitans, of polyoxyethylene, of sucrose, of polyglycerol and/or at least one humectant such as sorbitol, glycerine, polyethylene glycol, or macrogol glycerol fatty acid ester. Particularly useful, however, are oleoyl macrogolglycerides (such as Labrafil® M 1944 CS, as available from Gattefosse (France)).


The incorporation of the testosterone drug is also possible into a surfactant mixture.


The particular amount of surfactant that constitutes an effective amount is dependent on the particular oil or oil mixture (see above) used in the testosterone gel. It is therefore not practical to enumerate specific amounts for use with specific formulations of the invention. Generally, however, the surfactant can be present in a formulation in an amount of from between about 0.5 to about 10% by weight, preferably about 0.5 to about 5% by weight, more preferably 1 to 4% by weight, and most preferably at about 3% by weight.


The intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention can be 15 applied once a day (“QD”), twice a day (“BID”), three times a day (“TID”), four times-a-day (“QID”) or as needed (“prn”). Regardless of the administration regimen, the intranasal testosterone gels are topically applied onto the nasal mucosal in the nasal cavity, preferably, of each nostril per application (“pernasal”). More specifically, the intranasal testosterone gels are topically applied to the outer external walls (opposite the nasal septum) inside the naval cavity of each nostril, preferably at about the middle to about the upper section of the outer external wall (opposite the nasal septum) or at about under the cartilage section of the outer external wall (opposite the nasal septum) inside the naval cavity of each nostril. It is believed that, if the gels are applied to deep up into the nostrils, the gel dosages will unfortunately wash into the throat or, if the gels are applied to shallow down in the forefront or adjacent the external openings of the nostrils, the gel dosages will unfortunately flow out from inside the naval cavity possibly leading, in either situation, to ineffective dosing and poor compliance.


Once a selected dose of an intranasal testosterone gel of the present invention has been topically applied or deposited onto the appropriate designated region on the outer external walls (opposite the nasal septum) in the nasal cavity of each nostril of a male or female patient in need of testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy, it is preferable for the male or female patient to message the outer skin of his/her nose to distribute the applied or deposited intranasal testosterone gel dose evenly and throughout the nasal cavity of each nostril.


The intranasal testosterone gels, once formulated, are preferably filled into a preservative-free, airless nasal spray or dispensing multi-dose device, such as the COMOD system available from Ursatec, Verpackung-GmbH, Schillerstr. 4, 66606 St. Wendel, Germany, or the Albion or Digital airless applicator systems available from Airlessystems, RD 149 27380 Charleval, France or 250 North Route 303 Congers, NY 10950, which allow pernasal application without contamination from fingertips, as shown in FIGS. 1-6.


Preferably, the airless nasal pre-filled spray or applicator multi-dose device includes a dispensing element for topically applying the intranasal testosterone gel dose at about a location within each nostril as described herein above. The dispensing element by way of example is bent or curved-shape to strategically permit consistent topical applications of the intranasal testosterone gels in about the prescribed amounts and at about the preferred location within each nostril (pernasal) to maximize effectiveness in the treatment of female sexual dysfunction in females patients and testosterone deficiency in male patients with the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention.


By “constant effective testosterone blood levels” is meant that after a single topical application or after daily dosing, whether using a QD, BID, TID, QID or prn dosing regimen, the serum level of testosterone in a male or female patient in need of testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy is higher than baseline, i.e., the testosterone serum level is either (a) restored to, (b) approaching or (c) is very similar to, resembles or closely mimics normal testosterone blood levels found in healthy young men such as, by way of example, a male testosterone blood level of between about 200 nanograms and about 1500 nanograms of testosterone per deciliter of blood, or more particularly a male testosterone blood level of between about 300 ng/dl and about 1200 ng/dl, or more particularly a male testosterone blood level of between about 350 ng/dl and about 800 ng/dl, or more particularly a male testosterone blood level of between about 350 ng/dl and about 600 ng/dl, or more particularly a male testosterone blood level of between about 380 ng/dl and about 450 ng/dl, or more particularly a male testosterone blood level of at about 380 ng/dl, and in healthy young women, such as, by way of example, a female testosterone blood level of between about 30 and about 150 nanograms of testosterone per deciliter of blood, or more particularly a female testosterone blood level of between about 35 ng/dl and 95 ng/dl, or more particularly a female testosterone blood level of between about 40 ng/dl and 70 ng/dl, or more particularly a female testosterone blood level of at between about 40 ng/dl and 50 ng/dl, or more particularly a female testosterone blood level of at about 40 ng/dl, and such testosterone blood levels are generally constantly maintained over dose life, e.g., for about a 6 hour dose life, more preferably for about an 8 hour dose life and more preferably for at least about a 10 hour dose life, and even more preferably for at least about a 12 hour dose life, and/or throughout duration of testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy, whether administered as a single dose or multiple dosages, or administered once-a-day, twice-a-day, three times-a-day, four times-a-day, administered as prn, or administered in accordance with any suitable treatment regimen that does not defeat the objectives of the present invention.


Because testosterone is nearly insoluble in water, liberation from the formulation is the speed-limiting step for adsorption. It has been surprisingly found that the incorporation of testosterone in an oily formulation containing a suitable surfactant according to the invention leads to physiologic serum levels and to a steady, sustained action of testosterone over time.


It is believed that the release of the hormone is sustained due to its solubility in the oily carrier and to the viscosity of the intranasal testosterone gel formulation remaining on the mucous membrane for a prolonged duration of time.


It also is believed that, upon contact of an intranasal testosterone gel of the present invention with the humidity of the mucous membrane, the testosterone's release is controlled or slowed by properties containing the testosterone. Thus, by adding a gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent to the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention to create a desired gel viscosity, the dissolution pattern of the testosterone from the intranasal testosterone gels becomes more favorable and effective because there is no testosterone spike variability in dissolution ensuring constant effective testosterone blood levels or constant testosterone dose bioequivalence over dose life.


The intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention can be manufactured as follows. Add a lipophilic carrier, e.g., castor oil, to a homogenizer under vacuum and nitrogen The testosterone can then be slowly added to the lipophilic carrier and homogenized until mixing is complete to form an intermediate product. Once the intermediate homogenate is allowed to cool to about room temperature, the super solvent and optionally, a surfactant, can then be added to the intermediate product to form a basic mixture. Once the basic mixture is cooled, the gel-forming or viscosity regulating agent can then be added to the cooled basic mixture and mixed under vacuum to achieve a final product with a desired gel viscosity.


More specifically, the starting materials should be are kept in quarantine and sterile. After each manufacturing step (e.g., dissolution, homogenization), the resulting product should be stored in quarantine until next production step. Samples for quality control may be taken at different stages of the manufacturing process. The batch of a finished product should likewise be stored in quarantine until use.


The protocol for the total manufacturing process of a respective batch and the batch number are should be established and recorded. All equipment, containers and samples for in-process controls should be labeled using this number.


The necessary amount of the testosterone for the bulk mixture is calculated on the basis of content determination of a respective batch. This determination is part of the quarantine procedure for the starting material. The amount is calculated in such a way that the necessary content of 100% testosterone will be reached in the bulk mixture.


The calculation and the corresponding weighing procedure should be documented in the production. protocol.


The respective substances are weighed using an electronic balance with registration of weight, and sieved.


The manufacture of an intranasal testosterone gel is performed by thickening of an oil mixture and packaging by blow-fill-seal technology.


A lipophilic carrier, e.g., castor oil, and a super solvent, e.g., DMI, (Step 1) are introduced into a mixing vessel (e.g., a FrymaKoruma Vacuum-Mixing, Dispersing and Homogenising machine type Dinex 700). The carrier and super solvent mixture are covered by nitrogen (Step 2) to exclude oxygen and preheated, for example to from about 40° C. to about 50° C.


Sieved (mesh size is about 2 mm) testosterone (Step 3) is added to the carrier and super solvent mixture and processed to give the Intermediate Product as follows.


Control of temperature of the carrier and super solvent mixture is necessary in the following steps to prevent a significant increase in temperature due to the shear intensity applied to dissolve testosterone.













Step No.
Position Name







1.
Carrier, such as castor oil,



and Super Solvent such as



DMI


2.
Nitrogen


3.
Testosterone


4.
Intermediate Product









Homogenization of the Intermediate Product is done by controlling the temperature of the mixture not to exceed about 50° C. Three (3) such cycles are believed to be necessary until the testosterone is completely dissolved. Each cycle has the following course: Homogenization in dispersing mode for a specified mix cycle.


Optionally, a surfactant, such as an oleoyl macrogol-glycerides, (Step 5) is added to the Intermediate Product to give the basic mixture.













Step No.
Position Name







4.
Intermediate Product


5.
Oleoyl macrogol-glycerides


6.
Basic Mixture









After the 3rd homogenization cycle, the Basic Mixture (Step 6) should be checked for content of testosterone taking care that the dissolution of testosterone is complete. The content can be examined by UV method and the Basic Mixture should have a testosterone amount in mg equivalent to the selected testosterone concentration.


After the last homogenization step, the Basic Mixture should be cooled until a temperature of about 40° C. (±2°) or less is reached. Thereafter, the gel-forming agent, such as colloidal silicon dioxide, (Step 7) can be added to the Basic Mixture.













Position No.
Position Name







6.
Basic Mixture


7.
Colloidal Silicon Dioxide


8.
Final Mixture









The introduction of colloidal silicon dioxide is performed and then the mixer is adjusted to the conditions: Homogenization takes place in dispersing mode under vacuum with agitation.


The Final Mixture can be checked visually for homogeneity and, after release, when subjected to deaeration under vacuum and agitation.


The resulting homogeneous intranasal testosterone gel is then ready for discharge into stainless steel holding tanks. Before closing the container, the Final Bulk mixture can be coated or covered with nitrogen of about 0.5 to about 1.5 bar.


As described above, to administer the intranasal testosterone gels of the present invention, it is preferable to use multi-dose devices that allow delivery of precise dosage amounts to the external wall in each nostril of the middle-upper nasal cavity (under cartilage) for depositing the dosage thereon. Once the testosterone gel has been administered onto the external wall of the nasal cavity of a nostril, the outer nose should be gently messaged with fingers to evenly distribute the intranasal testosterone gel throughout the nasal cavity without or minimal dosage loss into the throat or outside the nose. Examples of multi-dose devices for pernasal deposition at the preferred location within the nose in accordance with the present invention include the COMOD system available from Ursatec, Verpackung-GmbH, Schillerstr. 4, 66606 St. Wendel, Germany or the Albion or Digital airless applicator systems available from Airlessystems, RD 149 27380 Charleval, France or 250 North Route 303 Congers, NY 10950, as shown in FIGS. 1-4.


A nasal multi-dose dispenser device according to embodiments of the present invention, such as the Albion or Digital airless applicator systems available from Airlessystems, is comprised of a fluid container and a distributor pump for delivery of multiple doses of a gel or other topical formulation. In one embodiment of the present invention, the nasal multi-dose dispenser device is adapted for an airless fluid dispensing system. In another embodiment of the present invention, the nasal multi-dose dispenser device is adapted for a dip tube fluid dispensing system.


An example of an airless system that is contemplated by the present invention is one that will deliver a liquid, including gel, without the need for a pressured gas or air pump to be in contact with the liquid (or gel). In general, an airless system of the present invention comprises a flexible pouch containing the liquid, a solid cylindrical container a moving piston, an aspirating pump, a dosing valve and a delivery nozzle, as depicted, for example, in FIGS. 1-4.


In accordance with the present invention, the multi-dose dispenser 100 of FIG. 1 is provided with a fluid container 120, a distributor pump 140 and a cap 102.


The fluid container 120 comprises a container body 122, a base 124 and a neck 126. The distributor pump 140 is fastened to the neck by a sleeve 128. The top end of the container body 122 is closed by the distributor pump 140. The sleeve 128 tightly pinches a neck gasket 150 against the top end of the container body 122. The container body 122 forms a vacuum and houses the fluid to be dispensed.


The distributor pump 140 is closed by its actuator nozzle 130, which retains the stem 144 at the stem head. The actuator nozzle 130 comprises an outlet channel 132 and tip 134.


The actuator nozzle 130 is shaped to conform with the interior surface of a user's nostril. The actuator nozzle 130 is moveable between a downward open position and upward closed position. The user removes the cap 102 and inserts the actuator nozzle 130 in the user's nostril. When the user pushes the actuator nozzle 130 downwards to the open position, fluid in the dosing chamber 180 is withdrawn by the distributor pump 140 and exits at the tip 134 via the outlet channel 132 of the actuator nozzle 130.



FIG. 2 shows a cross-sectional view of the distributor pump 140.


The distributor pump has a body 142 provided with a bottom intake having an inlet valve 160 with a ball 162 as its valve member. The ball 162 is held in place by a cage 164 and by a return spring 170.


At its bottom end, the stem 144 carries a spring cap 172. A piston 174 is located above the spring cap 172. The stem 144 passes through an axial orifice of the piston base 176.


The side walls of the piston 174 seals against the distributor pump body 142 via lips. The sleeve 128 tightly pinches a stem gasket 152 against the stem collar 146, distributor pump body 142 and top of the piston 174.


A precompression spring 178 placed between the piston base 176 and the stem collar 146. The precompression spring 178 biases the actuator nozzle 130 via the stem 144 to the closed position.


The return spring 170, which returns the piston 174 back upwards, is compressed between two opposed seats on the cage 164 and the spring cap 172.


The distributor pump 140 has a dosing chamber 180 formed between the cage 164 and piston 174. When the user pushes the actuator nozzle downwards to the open position, fluid in the dosing chamber is withdrawn by the distributor pump 140 and dispensed from the tip of the actuator nozzle 130.


When the user releases the actuator nozzle 130 upwards to the closed position, a fluid in the container body 122 is withdrawn into the dosing chamber 180 by the distributor pump 140. Thus, a dose of fluid is ready for the next actuation of the actuator nozzle by the user.


In another embodiment of the present invention, the dispenser 200 of FIG. 3 is provided with a fluid container 220, a distributor pump 240 and a cap 202.


The fluid container 220 comprises a container body 222, a base 224 and a neck 226. The distributor pump 240 is fastened to the neck by a sleeve 228. The top end of the container body 222 is closed by the distributor pump 240. The sleeve 228 tightly pinches a neck gasket 250 against the top end of the container body 222. The container body 222 houses the fluid to be dispensed.


The distributor pump 240 is closed by its actuator nozzle 230, which retains the stem 244 at the stem head. The actuator nozzle 230 comprises an outlet channel 232 and tip 234. The actuator nozzle 230 is shaped to conform with the interior surface of a user's nostril. The actuator nozzle 230 is moveable between a downward open position and upward closed position. The user removes the cap 202 and inserts the actuator nozzle 230 in the user's nostril. When the user pushes the actuator nozzle 230 downwards to the open position, fluid in the dosing chamber 280 is withdrawn by the distributor pump 240 and exits at the tip 234 via the outlet channel 232 of the actuator nozzle 230.



FIG. 4 shows a cross-sectional view of the distributor pump 240.


The distributor pump has a body 242 provided with a bottom intake having an inlet valve 260 with a ball 262 as its valve member. The ball 262 is held in place by a cage 264 and by a return spring 270. Optionally, a dip tube 290 can extend downward from the inlet valve 260 and is immersed in the liquid contained in the container body.


At its bottom end, the stem 244 carries a spring cap 272. A piston 274 is located above the spring cap 272. The stem 244 passes through an axial orifice of the piston base 276.


The side walls of the piston 274 seals against the distributor pump body 242 via lips. The sleeve 228 tightly pinches a stem gasket 252 against the stem collar 246, distributor pump body 242 and top of the piston 274.


A precompression spring 278 placed between the piston base 276 and the stem collar 246. The precompression spring 278 biases the actuator nozzle 230 via the stem 244 to the closed position.


The return spring 270, which returns the piston 274 back upwards, is compressed between two opposed seats on the cage 264 and the spring cap 272.


The distributor pump 240 has a dosing chamber 280 formed between the cage 264 and piston 274. When the user pushes the actuator nozzle downwards to the open position, air enters the dosing chamber 280, which forces the fluid in the dosing chamber to be withdrawn by the distributor pump 240 and dispensed from the tip of the actuator nozzle 230.


When the user releases the actuator nozzle 230 upwards to the closed position, the air contained in the dosing chamber 280 forces the fluid in the container body 222 to be withdrawn into the dosing chamber 280. Thus, a dose of fluid is ready for the next actuation of the actuator nozzle by the user.


The amount of fluid withdrawn by the distributor pump into the dosing chamber may be a fixed volume. The distributor pumps may be of a variety of sizes to accommodate a range of delivery volumes. For example, a distributor pump may have a delivery volume of 140 μl.


The dispensers of the present invention may dispense topical intranasal gel or other topical intranasal formulations, preferably pernasally, which contain alternative or additional active ingredients, such as neurosteroids or sexual hormones (e.g., androgens and progestins, like testosterone, estradiol, estrogen, oestrone, progesterone, etc.), neurotransmitters, (e.g., acetylcholine, epinephrine, norepinephrine, dopamine, serotonin, melatonin, histamine, glutamate, gamma aminobutyric acid, aspartate, glycine, adenosine, ATP, GTP, oxytocin, vasopressin, endorphin, nitric oxide, pregnenolone, etc.), prostaglandin, benzodiazepines like diazepam, midazolam, lorazepam, etc., and PDEF inhibitors like sildenafil, tadalafil, vardenafil, etc., in the form of a liquid, cream, ointment, lotion, salve, gel strip or gel. The dispensers may be suitable for cosmetic, dermatological or pharmaceutical applications. Examples of topical intranasal formulations for topical pernasal application, which can be dispensed in accordance with the present invention include the pernasal testosterone gels of the present invention or other intranasal topical gels wherein the testosterone is replaced or combined with a another active ingredient in effective amounts, such as those active ingredients discussed herein above. In addition, other testosterone formulations suitable and contemplated for dispensing from the dispensers and/or in accordance with the methods of the present invention include the formulations disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,578,588, 5,756,071 and 5,756,071 and U.S. Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0100564, 2007/0149454 and 2009/0227550, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.


Examples of various embodiments of the present invention will now be further illustrated with reference to the following examples. Thus, the following examples are provided to illustrate the invention, but are not intended to be limiting thereof. Parts and percentages are by weight unless otherwise specified.


Example 1
Examples of Testosterone Gel Formulations

Examples of testosterone gels of the present invention are illustrated in Tables 1-3 below.














TABLE 1





Material
Gel 1
Gel 2
Gel 3
Gel 4
Gel 5







Testosterone*
 3.5%
 4.0%
 4.5%
 5.5%
 2.5%


Castor Oil
94.5%
 90%
 88%
82.5%
91.5%


Super Refined ®

 4%
 5.5%
  10%
  4%


Arlasolve ™







DMI







SiO2
 2.0%
 2.0%
 2.0%
 2.0%
 2.0%


Total %
 100%
100%
100%
 100%
 100%





*micronized is used



















TABLE 2







Materials
Gel 6
Gel 7
Gel 8
Gel 9









Testosterone*
 5.5%
 6.0%
6.50%
 7.0%



Transcutol P ®
 5.0%
 5.0%
10.0%
 100%



Povidone K17
4
4
4
4



SiO2
 3.0%
 3.0%
 3.0%
 3.0%



Castor Oil
80.5%
80.0%
 745%
74.0%



Total %
 100%
 100%
 100%
 100%







*Micronized is prefarably used



















TABLE 3







Materials
Gel 10
Gel 11
Gel 12
Gel 13









Testosterone*
 6.0%
6.5.0%
 9.0%
10.0%



Super Refined ®
10.0%
 10.0%
25.0%
50.0%



Arlasolve ™







DMI







Kollidon VA64
 4
 4
 4
 4



SiO2
 3.0%
  3.5%
 3.0%
 3.0%



Castor Oil
73.0%
 76.0%
63.0%
37.0%



Total
100
100
100
100







*Micronized is preferably used






Intranasal testosterone gel formulations 14-21 are further examples of gel formulations contemplated by the present invention (Per Hundred parts). Testosterone in micronized form is preferred.


Gel 14

















Castor Oil
83



DMI (dimethyl isosorbide)
10



Testosterone
4



Aerosil ® 200
3










Gel 15

















Castor Oil
79



DMI
12



Testosterone
5



Cab-O-sil ® M5P
4










Gel 16

















Mid chain triglycerides (Labrafac ®)
91.5



DMI
5.5



Testosterone
0.5



Cab-O-sil ®
2.25



PVA
0.25










Gel 17

















Labrafac ® WL 1349
63



DMI
20



Transcutol ®
5



(Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether)




Testosterone
7



Kollidon
2



HPC
0.1



Aerosil ® 200
2.9










Gel 18

















Labrafac ® PG (P-glycol dicaproylate)
40



DMI
25



Propylene Glycol
10



Transcutol ®
10



Testosterone
8



Povidone K30
2



HPC
0.2



Aerosil ® R972
4.8










Gel 19

















Isopropyl Myristate
18



Almond Oil
50



2-Pyrrolidone
10



Transcutol ®
10



Testosterone
6.5



Carbopol ® 934
0.5



Glyceryl Behenate
5.0










Gel 20

















Mid chain triglycerides (Labrafac ®))
4



Labrafil ® M1944CS
55



DMI
20



Transcutol ®
10



Testosterone
8



Cab-O-Sil ®
2.75



HPC
0.25










Gel 21

















Mid chain triglycerides (Labrafac ®))
55



Caprylocaproyl macrogolglycerides
4



DMI
20



Transcutol ®
12



Testosterone
6



Cab-O-Sil ®
2.75



HPC-L
0.25











“Surface tension agent” in italic


Gel 22

















Castor Oil
58



DMI
20



Transcutol P
5



Kollidon 17 PF
5



Si O2
2



Testosterone
8










Gel 23

















Castor Oil
62



DMI
20



Transcutol P
5



Kollidon 17 PF
2



HPC GF
1



Si O2
2



Testostérone
8










Gel 24

















Castor Oil
62



DMI
20



Transcutol P
5



Kollidon VA 64
2



HPC GF
1



Si O2
2



Testostérone
8










Gel 25

















Castor Oil
62.5



DMI
20



Transcutol P
5



Kollidon 17 PF
2



HPC HF
0.5



Si O2
2



Testostérone
8










Gel 26

















Castor Oil
62.5



DMI
20



Transcutol P
5



Kollidon VA 64
2



HPC HF
0.5



Si O2
2



Testosterone
8










Gel 27

















Castor Oil
58



DMI
20



Transcutol P
5



Kollidon 17 PF
5



Si O2
2



Testosterone
8










Gel 28

















Castor Oil
74



DMI
15



Transcutol P
2.5



Kollidon 17 PF
2



HPC XHF
0.5



Si O2
2



Testosterone
4




























Quantity
TBS1A
Quantity

Quantity



TBS1A
per 1 kg
4%
per 1 kg
TBS1A
per 1 kg


Material
4%
batch
alternate
batch
8%
batch
























Super refined
25.0
250
g
15.0
150
g
25.0
250
g


Arlasolve


Transcutol P
10.0
100
g
5.0
50
g
10.0
100
g


Plasdone K17
3.0
30
g
3.0
30
g
3.0
30
g


Plasdone S 630
2.0
20
g
2.0
20
g
2.0
20
g


Klucel HF
0.5
5
g
0.5
5
g
0.5
5
g


Testosterone
4.0
40
g
4.0
40
g
8.0
80
g


micronized


Castor Oil
50.5
505
g
65.5
655
g
46.5
465
g


Cab-o-Sil M5P
5.0
50
g
5.0
50
g
5.0
50
g



100.0
1000
g
100.0
1000
g
100
1000
g









Potential batch size 1.0-2.0 kg. Critical volume available is Super Refined Arlasolve. May limit batch size to 1 kg (or 1.5 kg) to assure sufficient material on hand in case of having to repeat an IMP batch.


Excipients and Role





    • Castor Oil—main solvent

    • Povidone—Solvating polymer (Kollidon 17PF or Plasdone K 17)

    • Copolyvidone—solvating polymer (Kollidon VA 64 or Plasdone S630)

    • Dimethyl Isosorbide—super solvent (Arlasolve)

    • Diethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether—super solvent (Transcutol)

    • Hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC)—viscosifying agent/SR agent (Klucel XHF or G250)

    • Silicon Dioxide—viscosifying agent (Aerosil)





Example 2

An Open Label, Balanced, Randomized, Crossover, Two-Group, Two-Treatment (Dose Level 1 and 2), Two-Period, Pharmacokinetic Study of Two Dose Levels of Intranasal Testosterone Gel Formulation, i.e. Compleo™ of Trimel Biopharma, Inc., Canada, in Healthy, Adult, Male Human Subjects


Test product: Testosterone gel for pernasal administration.


Profile Level 1:

Nasobol® syringes pre-filled with 4.5% testosterone gel to deliver 6.75 mg of testosterone per each nostril (manufactured by Trimel Biopharma, Inc. Canada). The Nasobol® formulation is as follows:

    • 4.5% Testosterone
    • 4% Labrafil® M1944
    • 3% Aerosil® (SiO2)
    • 88.5% Castor Oil.


Profile Level 2:

Compleo™ syringes pre-filled with 6.5% testosterone gel to deliver 9.75 mg of testosterone per each nostril (manufactured for Trimel Biopharma, Inc. Canada), based on a pre-filled weight of 150 mg of Compleo™ gel. The Compleo™ gel formulation is as follows:


















Castor Oil
65.5



DMI
20.0



Transcutol ®
5.0



(Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether)




Testosterone
6.5



HPC
0.1



Aerosil ® 200
2.9










Example 3





    • Contains Nonbinding

    • Recommendations

    • Guidance on

    • Testosterone

















This guidance represents the Food and Drug Administration's (FDA's)


current thinking on this topic. It does not create or confer any rights for


or on any person and does not operate to bind FDA or the public. You


can use an alternative approach if the approach satisfies the


requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations. If you want


to discuss an alternative approach, contact the Office of Generic Drugs.











    • Active ingredient: Testosterone

    • Form/Route: Extended Release Tablets/Buccal

    • Recommended studies: 2 Studies

    • 1 Type of study: Fasting
      • Design: Single-dose, two-way
      • crossover in-vivo Strength: 30 mg
      • Subjects: Testosterone-deficient
      • (hypogonadal) males Additional
      • Comments:
        • Subjects should not currently be receiving any treatment for their hypogonadism.
        • The inclusion criterion for testosterone-deficient (hypogonadal) males is serum testosterone levels below 2.5 ng/ml.
        • At least three predose levels will serve as baseline.
        • A ‘fed’ BE study is not recommended because the product is a buccal adhesive, not to
        • be ingested. This obviates the need for oral dose dumping assessment due to food.

    • 2 Type of study: In vitro adhesion comparative performance testing study





Design: A tensiometry study is recommended to compare the peak detachment force for test and reference products. 1Water is recommended between the buccal tablets and the base plate of the tensiometer. The loading weight and length of time the loading weight is applied to press the buccal tablet into contact with the base plate should be specified. Following removal of the weight, the rate at which the buccal tablet is pulled away from the base plate should be specified. The peak detachment force should be measured as the force required to detach the buccal tablet from the base plate. The comparative adhesion test should be conducted using 12 individual units of the test and reference products.


Prior to conducting studies for submission to the ANDA, the firm should determine appropriate loading weight, length of time the loading weight is applied to press the buccal tablet into contact with the base plate of the tensiometer, and the rate at which the buccal tablet is pulled away from the base plate.2 These studies should be conducted to assure the appropriateness of the test conditions to the test and reference products. See, for example, H E Junginger et al: Mucoadhesive hydrogels in drug delivery. Encyclopedia Pharm Technol (2002); and S J Jackson, A C Perkins: In vitro assessment of the mucoadhesion of cholestyramine to porcine and human gastric mucosa. Eur J Pharm Biopharm. 52:121-127 (2001).


Analytes to measure (in appropriate biological fluid): Total testosterone in plasma. Bioequivalence based on (90% CI): Baseline-adjusted testosterone


Waiver request of in-vivo testing: Not Applicable


Dissolution test method and sampling times:


Please note that a Dissolution Methods Database is available to the public at the OGD website at http://www.fda.gov/cder/ogd/index.htm. Please find the dissolution information for this product at this website. Please conduct comparative dissolution testing on 12 dosage units each of all strengths of the test and reference products. Specifications will be determined upon review of the application.


Example 4

Testosterone is indicated as a hormone replacement therapy for males having conditions associated with a deficiency or absence of endogenous testosterone. Lack of testosterone may cause sexual dysfunction, muscle loss, increase in fat, infertility, decreased beard and body hair and other conditions.


Cornpleo™ is a semi-solid Castor oil-based bioadhesive gel formulation containing the hormone Testosterone. Compleo™ is being assessed as a treatment for Hypogonadism in males (both primary and secondary) and is administered to the nasal cavity. In previous clinical studies testing the efficacy of Compleo™, a number of different dispensers have been used to administer the gel to the nasal cavity, including single dose blow fill seal dispensers, and single dose syringes. Recently, a multiple dose dispenser with a tip for nasal deposition has been designed to deliver Compleo™ to the nasal mucosa. The key components of the multiple dose dispenser include a barrel, piston, base, pump and actuator. The dispenser utilises atmospheric pressure and is designed to deliver the required dose. A valve is opened in the pump mechanism when the digital actuator is pressed. This allows atmospheric pressure to act on the piston via the base of the barrel, forcing it upwards. Consequently, the gel is forced through the tip to the correct location in the nasal cavity.


This study was designed to compare the placement properties for the multiple dose dispenser and the single dose syringe. The study was conducted to examine the placement of the gel from each dispenser, the ease of use for each device and the size of the gel droplet.


Three healthy subjects were included in the study (two male and one female), with each subject testing both the single dose syringe and the multiple dose dispenser filled with placebo gel. Placement location and droplet size were observed and recorded by the principle investigator. A photograph was taken following each administration for comparison purposes. After administration, the subjects are asked for feedback on ease of use for each dispenser.


The primary objective of this study was to compare the placement of the gel following intranasal administration from the two different dispensers through visual observation by the principle investigator.


This is an open label study in healthy subjects using placebo gel (125 u1) that is administered intra-nasally using two different dispensers, a single dose syringe and a multiple dose dispenser.


Subjects are required to visit the study site on one (1) occasion. The study drug is administered according to the following schedule:














Subject




Number
Administration 1
Administration 2







1
Single Dose Syringe/
Multiple Dose



Right nostril
Dispenser/Left nostril


2
Multiple Dose
Single Dose Syringe/



Dispenser/Left nostril
Right nostril


3
Single Dose Syringe/
Multiple Dose



Right nostril
Dispenser/Left nostril









Following gel administration in each nostril, a photograph is taken of the nasal cavity using the KarlStorz 0° rigid endoscope and the Storz AIDA image capture platform. A visual observation is made and recorded by the principle investigator on the location of the gel deposit and the size of the gel droplet. Each subject is then asked about the ease of use of the dispenser.


Three healthy subjects, one female (subject 1) and two male (subjects 2 and 3) participated in the study.


The description of the gel placement from principle investigator and the ease of use assessment by the subject is summarized in Table 1.


All of the subjects were able to administer the investigational product effectively using both the multiple dose dispenser and the single dose syringe. The placement of the gel inside the nasal cavity was the same following administration via the multiple dose dispense and the single dose syringe. Similarly the size of the gel deposit was consistent from each of the dispensers regardless of the nostril into which the gel was applied. These observations are supported by the photographs following each administration as provided in FIGS. 7-9.


Two of the subjects, #1 and #3, comment that the multiple dose dispenser is more comfortable than the single dose dispenser with respect to ease of use.









TABLE 1







Description Data following gel administration by the two dispensers


















Ease of use



Subject


Location of gel
Size of Gel
of


Number
Dispenser
Nostril
deposition
deposit
dispenser
Comments





1
Single Dose
Right
Lateral nasal
Adequate
No issues
Less





wall near valve

observed
comfortable



Multiple
Left
Lateral nasal
Adequate
No
Very



Dose

wall near valve

issues
comfortable


2
Single Dose
Right
Lateral nasal
Adequate
No





wall near valve

issues



Multiple
Left
Lateral nasal
Adequate
No



Dose

wall near valve

issues


3
Single Dose
Right
Lateral nasal
Adequate
No issues
Less





wall near valve

observed
comfortable



Multiple
Left
Lateral nasal
Adequate
No issues
Very



Dose

wall near valve

observed
comfortable









The purpose of this study is to compare the gel deposition between the two different dispensers. Proper placement of the gel in the nasal cavity and ease of use for the patient are key considerations for any proposed dispenser. The syringe is used to administer Compleo in previous clinical trials while the multiple dose dispenser is proposed as the dispenser of choice for future clinical studies.


The results of the study demonstrate that both the multiple dose dispenser and the single dose syringe are capable of depositing the gel in the correct location in the nasal cavity and provide a gel deposit that is similar in size. The observations of gel placement and deposition are confirmed by photography.


The subjects report differences in the ease of use of the dispensers. Two of the three subjects respond that the multiple dose dispenser is more comfortable than the single dose syringe with respect to the insertion in the nasal cavity and deposition of the gel.


This study demonstrates that the gel deposition by the multiple dose dispenser is equivalent to the single dose syringe and is capable of depositing gel in the correct location of the nasal cavity. With the success of the multiple dose dispenser in properly placing the gel into the nasal cavity, the administration instructions from this study are used to create dosing instructions for patients. A copy of this dosing pamphlet can be found in FIGS. 10-11.


Example 5
In Vitro Release Rate (Ivrt) Comparison Testing

IVRT experimental approach is used for comparison of products in semi-solid dosage form through evaluation of the drug release. In order to have fair comparison, products to be compared should be of comparable age and their release rates should be determined on the same day, under the same conditions. To ensure an unbiased comparison, sample position within the bank of Franz cells are randomized. The test (T) product and reference (R) product in each run is randomized or pre-assigned in a mixed arrangement.
















Méthod Parameter Main
Alternate parameters









Franz Cells
Franz Cells



membrane: durapore 0.45 μm,
membrane: durapore 0.45 μm,



HVLP02500
HVLP02500



ring diameter 15 mm
diamèter 15 mm



surface: 1.767 mm″
surface: 1.767 mm″



thickness: 3.2 mm
thickness: 1.63 mm



Gel Volume: 565.44 mm″
gel Volume: 288.02 mm″



receiving media volume: 12 ml
Volume media recptor: 7.5 ml



Ethanol Water 50/50
ETOH/water 50/50



600 rpm
600 rpm



Assay
Assay



UPLC
HPLC



Concentrations from 3 μg/ml
Concentrations 5 μg/ml



to 200 μg/ml
to 100 μg/ml










The slope comparison test recommended by the FDA is performed and provides the evidence of the reproducibility of the IVRT method.


The two different formulations of the testosterone gel products, Table 1, are applied on 12 cells of the modified Franz-Cell apparatus system: 6 cells for reference product (R) and 6 cells for test product (T), as depicted in FIG. 12. The two gel products, Testosterone Nasabol Gel 4%, lot #E10-007, and TBS1A Testosterone Nasal Gel 4%, lot #IP 11002, are described in Example 6 and designated as 4% TSA-TA and TBS1.













TABLE 1









TBS-1A



Material
TBS1
4% (A)




















Dimethyl isosorbide
0
25.0



Diethyleneglycol
0
10.0



ethyl ether





Povidone
0
3.0



Copovidone
0
2.0



Hydroxypropyl
0
0.5



cellulose





Testosterone
4.0
4.0



micronized





Castor oil
88.0
50.5



Labrafil M1944CS
4.0
0



Colloidal silicon
4.0
5.0



dioxide





Water
0
0



Total
100.0
100.0










Samples are collected at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 hours and are tested.


Franz Cell Apparatus Position Layouts for Comparison Testing

The Release Rates (slope) from the six cells of T-product and from the other six cells of the R-product are obtained. A 90% Confidence Interval (CI) for the ratio (T/R) of median release rates is computed.


A table with six rows and seven columns is generated and reference slopes (RS) are listed across the first row and test slopes (TS) are listed down the first column of Table 2. Individual T/R ratios (30) between each test slope and each reference slope are computed and the corresponding values are entered in the table.









TABLE 2







Calculation of T/R Ratios













Slope
RS1
RS2
RS3
RS4
RS5
RS6





TS1
TS 1/RS 1
TS 1/RS2
TS 1/RS3
TS 1/RS4
TS 1/RS5
TS 1/RS6


TS2
TS2/RS 1
TS2/RS2
TS2/RS3
TS2/RS4
TS2/RS5
TS2/RS6


TS3
TS3/RS 1
TS3/RS2
TS3/RS3
TS3/RS4
TS3/RS5
TS3/RS6


TS4
TS4/RS I
TS4/RS2
TS4/RS3
TS4/RS4
TS4/RS5
TS4/RS6


TS5
TS5/RS 1
TS5/RS2
TS5/RS3
TS5/RS4
TS5/RS5
TS5/RS6


TS6
TS6/RS 1
TS6/RS2
TS6/RS3
TS6/RS4
TS6/RS5
TS6/RS6









These 30 T/R ratios are ranked from lowest to highest. The sixth and twenty-fifth ordered ratios represent low and upper limits of the 90% CI for the ratios of median release rates.


Standard Criteria:

Test and reference product are considered to be the same if the 90% CI falls within the limits of 75%-133.3%.


Two batches of Testosterone Nasabol Gel 4%, lot #E10-007, and TBS1A Testosterone Nasal Gel 4%, lot #IMP 11002, are tested and evaluated for sameness.


A statistical comparison is carried out by taking the ratio of release rates from 6 cells of the reference lot #E10-007 (R) against 5 cells of the test batch lot #IMP 11002 (T).


During the in vitro drug releases test, the reference batch and the test batch are applied in a randomized manner on the cells on Apparatus A and B of the modified Franz Cell System.


Release Rate (slope) from five cells of the test product (T) and six cells of the reference product (R) are compared. A 90% Confidence Interval (CI) for the ratio (T/R) of median release rates is computed.


The 90% Confidence Interval is represented by the sixth and twenty-fifth Release Rate ratios when ranked from lowest to highest. These ratios correspond to 160.77% and 202.90% respectively and do not meet the limits for sameness (CI75%-133.33%). Therefore, the two batches of Testosterone Nasabol Gel 4%, lot #E10-007 and TBS1A Testosterone Nasal Gel 4%, lot #IMP 11002 are not considered the same.


Two gel products, Testosterone Nasabol Gel 4%, lot #E10-007, and TBS1A Testosterone Nasal Gel 4%, lot #IMP 11002, are tested and evaluated for sameness. The Mean Release Rate (slope) for the Test lot #IMP 11002 is about 1.8 times higher than for the Reference lot #E10-007. The two tested products are found to be not the same.


The In Vitro Release Rate (IVRT) testing results and raw data are in Tables 3-8 below and FIG. 13.









TABLE 6







Comparison Study Franz Cell


Release Rate Comparison









R














116.80
119.04
120.10
119.69
118.02
120.59


















T
242.85
2.0792
2.0401
2.0221
2.0290
2.0577
2.0138



187.78
1.6077
1.5775
1.5635
1.5689
1.5911
1.5572



217.83
1.8650
1.8299
1.8137
1.8200
1.8457
1.8064



239.55
2.0509
2.0123
1.9946
2.0014
2.0297
1.9865



213.29
1.8261
1.7918
1.7759
1.7820
1.8072
1.7687





R—Reference Lot# E10-007 Testosterone Nasobol Gel 4% Gel


T—Test Lot# IMP 11002 TBS1A Testosterone Nasal Gel 4%Note:


Test Lot Vial# B#6 at 2 hour was missing Injection. Comparison calculated by 5 × 6 = 30 individual T/R ratios, and the limits of 90% would be sixth and twenty-fifth order individual T/R ratios.
















TABLE 7









Sixth Ordered Ratio:
160.77%



Twenty-fifth Ordered Ratio:
202.90%











Test and reference products are considered to be the “same” if the 90% CI falls within the limits of 75%-133.33%.









TABLE 8







Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2)










Lot#
Lot#


Time0.5
IMP11002
E10-007












7.75
807.400
681.391


10.95
1360.268
1042.635


13.42
1922.042
1337.75


15.49
2378.231
1581.24


17.32
2816.161
1815.099


18.97
3285.301
2013.135
















TABLE 9





In Vitro release Rate Testing


Products: TBS1A Testosterone Nasal Gel 4% and Testosterone Nasobol Gel 4%


Objective: Release rate comparison bewteen the two testosterone gel Products

















Side
Sample Information
Release Rate Results





Reference
Testosterone Nasobol Gel 4%
Average Slope: 119.87 μg/cm2 · min −0.5


Batch
The reference Lot# E10-007
RSD of Slopes: 1.8%



Expiry date: N/A
R2 of Lowest Linearity: 0.9995



Diteba Sample ID: CSB-SPL-00200




Number of Cells: 6




Position of Cells:




System (1) A#2, 84, #6; System (2) B#1, #3, #5



Test
TBS1A Testosterone Nasal Gel 4%
Average Slope: 300.02 μg/cm2 · min −0.5


Batch
The test batch (Lot# IMP 11001) Expiry date: N/A
RSD of Slopes: 9.3%



Diteba Sample ID: CSB-SPL-00209
R2 of Lowest Linearity: 0.9935



Number of Cells: 6




Position of Cells:




System (1) A#1, #3, #5; System (2) B#2, #4, #6







Comparison Results



Release Rate Comparison
Comparison Limits: 75.00% to 133.33%






Stage One
8th ordered ratio: 228.50%




29th ordered ratio: 264.03%



Stage Two
110th ordered ratio: N/A




215th ordered ratio: N/A









Example 6

A phase-1 open label, balanced, randomized, crossover, two groups, two-treatments, two-period, pilot study in healthy male subjects to determine the feasibility of a multiple dose dispenser for testosterone intranasal gel as measured by pharmacokinetics


Testosterone replacement therapy aims to correct testosterone deficiency in hypogonadal men. Trimel BioPharma has developed an intranasal testosterone gel (TBS-1) as alternative to the currently available testosterone administration forms. To date, a syringe was used to deliver TBS-1 in clinical studies. Trimel identified a multiple dose dispenser intended for commercial use. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the relative performance of the multiple dose dispenser in comparison to the syringe used previously in clinical trials.


This was an open label, balanced, randomized, crossover, two-group, two-treatment, two-period, pharmacokinetic study of TBS-1 testosterone nasal gel in healthy, male subjects aged 18 to 28. Treatment consisted of 4.5% TBS-1 testosterone gel as a single dose of 5.5 mg of testosterone per nostril, delivered using either a syringe or the multiple dose dispenser, for a total dose of 11.0 mg given at 21:00 hours. Prior to first administration, subjects were admitted to the unit for blood sampling in order to determine a baseline testosterone profile. Wash-out between drug administrations was at least 48 hours.


All subjects completed the study successfully and treatment was well tolerated.


The total exposure to testosterone as estimated by the mean area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC0-12 in ng-hr/dL), is higher after TBS-1 administration using the dispenser or syringe than endogenous levels alone (7484 and 7266, respectively, versus 4911ng*h/dL. Mean Cmax is higher after administration with the dispenser than after administration using a syringe (1028 versus 778.8 ng/dL, respectively). Tmax occurs earlier following administration using the dispenser compared to the syringe (2.75 versus 5.6 hours, respectively. Thus, testosterone absorption seems to be faster with the multiple dose dispenser than with a syringe, but the total absorbed amount is similar. Also, in previous studies the syringe Tmax obtained in patient was closer to 1.0 or 2.0 hours.


When plotting probability density of the log ratio of testosterone levels reached with the multiple dose dispenser over levels reached with the syringe as shown in FIG. 3, no significant difference was demonstrated for either AUC0-12 or Cmax within the lower and upper limit of the 95% confidence intervals. There is a trend toward a difference for Cmax. However, this data does not confirm bioequivalence at a confidence interval level of 90% for either AUC0-12 or Cmax. If the trends found here are confirmed in a larger data set, the routes of administration would be almost equivalent for AUC0-12, but t for Cmax further investigation may be required as the Cmax/tmax profile obtained in volunteers does not seem to match the one obtained in patients.


Testosterone as a Treatment for Hypogonadism

Endogenous androgens are responsible for the normal growth and development of the male sex organs as well as promoting secondary sex characteristics including the growth and maturation of the prostate, seminal vesicles, penis, and scrotum; the development of male hair distribution, such as beard, pubic, chest, and axillary hair, laryngeal enlargements, vocal cord thickening, alterations in body musculature, and fat distribution.


Hypogonadism in men is characterized by a reduced concentration of serum testosterone resulting in signs and symptoms that may include decreased libido, erectile dysfunction, decreased volume of ejaculate, loss of body and facial hair, decreased bone density, decreased lean body mass, increased body fat, fatigue, weakness and anaemia.


The causes of hypogonadism can be primary or secondary in nature. In primary hypogonadism (congenital or acquired) testicular failure can be caused by cryptorchidism, bilateral torsion, orchitis, vanishing testis syndrome, orchidectomy, Klinefelter's syndrome, chemotherapy, or toxic damage from alcohol or heavy metals. These men usually have low serum testosterone levels and serum gonadotropin levels (FSH, LH) above the normal range.


In secondary hypogonadism (Hypogonadotropic Hypogonadism (congenital or acquired)) the defects reside outside the testes, and are usually at the level of the hypothalamus or the pituitary gland. Secondary hypogonadism can be caused by Idiopathic Gonadotropin or LHRH deficiency, or pituitary hypothalamic injury from tumors, trauma, or radiation. These men have low serum testosterone levels but have serum gonadotropin levels in the normal or low ranges.


Testosterone hormone therapy is indicated as a hormone replacement therapy in males for conditions associated with a deficiency or absence of endogenous testosterone. The currently available options for administration of testosterone are oral, buccal, injectable, and transdermal.


Trimel BioPharma has developed an intranasal testosterone gel (TBS-1) as a hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of male hypogonadism. The nasal mucosa offers an alternative route of administration that is not subjected to first pass metabolism, has high permeability, with rapid absorption into the systemic circulation. The advantages of the testosterone intranasal gel when compared to other formulations include ease of administration and no transference of testosterone to other family members.


Investigational Medicinal Product

The investigational medicinal product in this trial was TBS-1, an intranasal testosterone dosage form. A description of its physical, chemical and pharmaceutical properties can be found in the Investigator's Brochure.


Summary of Non-clinical and Clinical Studies
Summary of Non-Clinical Studies

An overview of the pharmacology, toxicology and preclinical pharmacokinetics of different testosterone preparations and administration routes is provided in the Investigator's Brochure Product-specific repeat dose toxicity and tolerance studies have been performed in ex vivo models and in different animal species.


Summary of Previous TBS-1 Clinical Studies

To date, Trimel has completed four Phase II clinical trials in hypogonadal men. The most recently conducted study, TBS-1-2010-01, is described below and the other studies are summarized in the Investigator's Brochure.


The objective of study TBS-1-2010-01 is to examine the efficacy and tolerability of 4.0% and 4.5% TBS-1 testosterone gel in hypogonadal men. In this study, TBS-1 is administered using a syringe, not the commercial multiple dose dispenser. The doses and dosing regimens that were used in study TBS-1-2010-01 are described in Table 1 below.


The results from all treatment groups met the FDA criteria for efficacy; defined as that at least 75% of subjects should achieve an average total T concentration (Cavg) in the normal range, a 24 hour Cavg value ≥300ng/dL and ≤1050 ng/dL.









TABLE 1







Summary of previous TBS-1 studies











Cavg (% of




subjects with



Total daily
Cavg within the


Dosing regimen
dose
reference range)





 13.5 mg of TBS-1 (4.5%) BID
  27 mg/day
 419 ng/dL (100%)


 10.0 mg of TBS-1 (4.0%) TID
  30 mg/day
413 ng/dL (87%)


11.25 mg of TBS-1 (4.5%) TID
33.75 mg/day
396 ng/dL (85%)









Summary of Benefits and Risks to Subjects
Benefits

Testosterone replacement therapy for hypogonadal men should correct the clinical abnormalities of testosterone deficiency. Since this was a Phase I study enrolling normal healthy men between the ages of 18-45, for a short period of time, it was not anticipated that these volunteers would directly benefit by taking part in this study. Volunteers were financially compensated for their participation.


Risks

The risk to the subject by participating in this study was considered to be minimal. Testosterone replacement therapy is indicated for the treatment of hypogonadism and TBS-1 has been administered to over 100 men with minimal side effects.


As TBS-1 is an investigational drug that is in clinical development, the complete side effect profile was not fully known. Epistaxis, nasal congestion, nasal discomfort, nasal dryness and nasal inflammation have been reported following use of TBS-1. Side effects from approved (prolonged) testosterone replacement therapy include elevated liver enzymes (alanine aminotransferase, aspartate aminotransferase), increased blood creatine phosphokinase, increase in prostatic specific antigen, decreased diastolic blood pressure, increased blood pressure, gynecomastia, headache, increased hematocrit/hemoglobin levels, hot flushes, insomnia, increased lacrimation, mood swings, smell disorder, spontaneous penile erection, and taste disorder.


The main benefit of the intranasal drug delivery route is that with this method many of the different disadvantages observed with other products would not be expected. This would include skin-to-skin transfer, stickiness, unpleasant smell (gels), skin irritation (patches), elevated DHT (patches and oral), injection pain and high T and DHT peaks (intramuscular injection), food interaction (oral).


Trial Rationale

Trimel identified a multiple dose dispenser that was intended as the commercial dispenser to be used in this clinical trial program. To date, a syringe has been used to deliver TBS-1 in the previous clinical trials. The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the comparability of the pharmacokinetic results obtained with a multiple dose dispenser or a syringe.


REFERENCES



  • 1. Nasobol® Investigator Brochure Release Date 19th August 2010, Edition No: 5.

  • 2. http://www.androgel.com/pdf/500122-00127_Rev_1E_Sep_2009_FPI_with_MedGuide.pdf (Last accessed on 6th September, 2010).

  • 3. http://www.mattern-pharmaceuticals.com/downloads/Nasobol.pdf (Last accessed on 6th September, 2010).

  • 4. http://www.medicines.org.uk/EMC/medicine/22159/SPC/Testim+Gel/(Last accessed on 6th September, 2010).



Study Objectives

The primary study objective is to compare a pharmacokinetic profile of testosterone after administration of TBS-1 using two different dispensers in healthy male subjects.


The secondary objective is to assess the safety of TBS-1.


Investigational Plan
Overall Study Design and Plan

This is an open label, balanced, randomized, crossover, two-group, two-treatment, two-period, pharmacokinetic study of testosterone nasal gel formulation in healthy, adult, male human subjects. The study event schedule is summarized in Section ????? in Table 2.


Healthy male volunteers, aged 18 to 45 years (inclusive) were screened for this study. The goal was to randomize 12 male subjects for the study.


There was a washout period of 6 days between each drug administration.


Discussion of Study Design

As this is a relatively small Phase I PK study with the intent to compare a pharmacokinetic profile of testosterone after administration of TBS-1 from two different dispensers in healthy male subjects, a true sample size calculation is not performed. Based on typical early-stage, pharmacokinetic studies, groups of 6 subjects per cohort are sufficient for an acceptable description of the pharmacokinetic parameters after single dose administration.


Selection of Study Population
Inclusion Criteria

The following eligibility assessments have to be met for subjects to be enrolled into the study:

    • 1. Healthy male human subjects within the age range of 18 to 45 years inclusive
    • 2. Willingness to provide written informed consent to participate in the study
    • 3. Body-mass index of ≤35 kg/m2
    • 4. Absence of significant disease or clinically significant abnormal laboratory values on laboratory evaluations, medical history or physical examination during screening
    • 5. Normal otorhinolaryngological examination
    • 6. Non-smokers for at least six months
    • 7. Comprehension of the nature and purpose of the study and compliance with the requirement of the protocol


Exclusion Criteria

A subject is not eligible for inclusion in this study if any of the following criteria applied:

    • 1. Personal/family history of allergy or hypersensitivity to testosterone or related drugs
    • 2. Past history of anaphylaxis or angioedema
    • 3. Any major illness in the past three months or any clinically significant ongoing chronic medical illness e.g. congestive heart failure, hepatitis, pancreatitis etc.
    • 4. Presence of any clinically significant abnormal values during screening e.g. significant abnormality of Liver Function Test (LFT), Renal (kidney) Function Test (RFT), etc.
    • 5. Hemoglobin <13 g/dl and Hematocrit >52% during screening
    • 6. Any cardiac, renal or liver impairment, any other organ or system impairment
    • 7. History of seizure or clinically significant psychiatric disorders
    • 8. Presence of disease markers for HIV 1 and/or 2, Hepatitis B and/or C virus
    • 9. History of nasal surgery, specifically turbinoplasty, septoplasty, rhinoplasty, (“nose job”), or sinus surgery
    • 10. Subject with prior nasal fractures
    • 11. Subject with active allergies, such as rhinitis, rhinorrhea, or nasal congestion
    • 12. Subject with mucosal inflammatory disorders, specifically pemphigus, or Sjogren's syndrome
    • 13. Subject with sinus disease, specifically acute sinusitis, chronic sinusitis, or allergic fungal sinusitis
    • 14. History of nasal disorders (e.g. polyposis, recurrent epistaxis (>1 nose bleed per month), abuse of nasal decongestants) or sleep apnea
    • 15. Subject using any form of intranasal medication delivery, specifically nasal corticosteroids and oxymetazoline containing nasal sprays (e.g. Dristan 12-Hour Nasal Spray)
    • 16. History of asthma and/or on-going asthma treatment
    • 17. Regular drinkers of more than three (3) units of alcohol daily (1 unit=300 ml beer, 1 glass wine, 1 measure spirit), or consumption of alcohol within 48 hours prior to dosing and during the study.
    • 18. Volunteer demonstrating a positive test for alcohol consumption (using breath alcohol analyzer) at the time of check-in during the admission periods.
    • 19. History of, or current evidence of, abuse of alcohol or any drug substance, licit or illicit
    • 20. Volunteers demonstrating a positive test for drugs of abuse in urine (Opiates, Benzodiazepines, Amphetamines, THC and cocaine) at the time of check-in during admission periods
    • 21. Inaccessibility of veins in left and right arm
    • 22. Receipt of any prescription drug therapy within four weeks of the first admission period.
    • 23. Difficulty in abstaining from OTC medication (except occasional paracetamol/aspirin) for the duration of the study
    • 24. Volunteers demonstrating serum PSA≥4 ng/ml
    • 25. Participation in any other research study during the conduct of this study or 30 days prior to the initiation of this study.
    • 26. Blood donation (usually 550 ml) at any time during this study, or within the 12 week period before the start of this study.


      Removal of Patients from Therapy or Assessment


All 12 subjects who enroll, complete the study successfully, and no subjects are replaced.


Treatments
Treatments Administered

For the drug administration, subjects are instructed on how TBS-1 is applied intranasally with the pre-filled syringes or the multiple dose dispensers. Self-administration of TBS-1 is monitored by the study personnel. Each subject is instructed not to sniff or blow his nose for the first hour after administration.









TABLE 2







Treatment schedule













BASELINE
PERIOD I
PERIOD II




Day 1/2
Day2/3
Day 4/5



Subject
Time 21:00-
Time 21:00-
Time 21:00-


GROUP
number
09:00
09:00
09:00





A
1-6
12 hour baseline
TREATMENT
TREATMENT




T profile
1
2


B
 7-12
12 hour baseline
TREATMENT
TREATMENT




T profile
2
1









Treatment 1 consists of TBS-1 syringes that are pre-filled with 4.5% testosterone gel to deliver a single dose of 5.5 mg of testosterone per nostril, for a total dose of 11.0 mg that is administered at 21:00 hours (±30 minutes) on Day 2 of Period I for Group A and Day 4 of Period II for Group B.


Treatment 2 consists of a TBS-1 multiple dose dispensers that are pre-filled with 4.5% testosterone gel to deliver a single dose of 5.5 mg of testosterone per nostril, for a total dose of 11.0 mg that is administered at 21:00 hours (±30 minutes) on Day 2 of Period I for Group B and Day 4 of Period II for Group A.


Identity of Investigational Product(s)

The investigational product in this trial is TBS-1, an intranasal testosterone dosage form.


Study medication consists of TBS-1 gel and is packed either in a single use syringe that is designed to expel 125 μl of gel, with two syringes packaged per foil pouch, or in a multiple dose dispenser that is designed to expel 125 μl of gel/actuation.


Study medication is dispensed by the study pharmacist who prepares the individual study kits which contained two syringes in a pouch or the multiple dose dispenser.


Method of Assigning Patients to Treatment Groups

Treatment assignment is determined according to the randomization schedule at the end of Visit 1. Subjects who met the entry criteria are assigned randomly on a 1:1 basis to one of the two treatment groups (Group A or Group B). The randomization is balanced and the code is kept under controlled access. The personnel that are involved in dispensing of study drug is accountable for ensuring compliance to the randomization schedule.


Selection and Timing of Dose

As healthy males have endogenous testosterone levels that fluctuate with a circadian rhythm which peaks in the early morning, it is decided to dose the study medication at night.


Blinding

This is an open-label study for both the subjects and the investigator, as the physical differences in the intranasal dosing dispensers prevent blinding.


Prior and Concomitant Therapy

None of the subjects use prescription medication immediately prior to, during or the 2 weeks after the study. One subject receives a single dose of paracetamol (2 tablets of 500 mg) just before discharge on the morning after the baseline visit (before administration of any study medication). There are no other reports of medication use.


Treatment Compliance

All subjects receive both doses of study medication according to the instructions and are monitored by study personnel for one-hour post-dosing to assure conformity to the TBS-1 instructions. All subjects remain in the clinic during the 12-hour PK sampling time period; during which they are monitored closely.


Screening

The screening visit (visit 1) takes place at a maximum of 21 days before the first study day. After giving informed consent, the suitability of the subject for study participation is assessed at screening which consists of the following items:

    • Medical history
    • Physical examination and Vital Signs.
    • A fasting blood sample is taken to determine the following: Complete Blood Count, Chemistry profile; testing for HBV, HCV, HIV and PSA.
    • Urinalysis, urine drug screen, and Breath Alcohol Testing.
    • An otorhinolaryngological nasal endoscopic examination is performed by an ENT specialist.


Subjects meeting all of the inclusion and no exclusion criteria are enrolled into the study and are randomized into one of two treatment groups (1 or 2).


Study Days

Subjects are admitted to the clinical research centre at 19:30 hours on Day 1 (Visit 2, baseline), 2 (Visit 3, Period 1) and 4 (Visit 4, Period 2). After check-in tests for drug-abuse and alcohol consumption are performed. Vital signs are recorded and subjects are questioned about changes in their health.


During Visit 2, a 12 hour baseline testosterone profile is measured. Blood for the 12 hour baseline testosterone profile is drawn according to the following schedule: first sample at 20:45 hours and then at 0.33, 0.66, 1.00, 1.50, 2.00, 3.00, 4.00, 5.00, 6.00, 8.00, 10.00, and 12.00 hours relative to 21:00 time point (a total of 13 samples). On Day 2 vital signs are measured and safety parameters (symptoms, AEs) recorded before check-out.


Dosing is performed on the evenings of Day 2 and 4, at 21:00 hr. Before dosing an ENT examination is performed and a pre-dose, baseline serum testosterone blood sample is drawn. After dosing, a 12 hour testosterone PK profile is measured. The blood samples are drawn according to the following schedule after the 21:00 hour dosing: 0.33, 0.66, 1.00, 1.50, 2.00, 3.00, 4.00, 5.00, 6.00, 8.00, 10.00, and 12.00 hr time points (a total of 13 samples per period).


On Day 3 and 5 vital signs are measured, ENT examination are performed and safety parameters are recorded (symptoms, AEs) after the last PK sampling and before check-out. On Day 5 a final examination is performed, consisting of a general physical examination and clinical laboratory investigation (Complete Blood Count, Chemistry profile and Urinalysis).


Pharmacokinetic Sampling

Blood samples for analysis of testosterone levels are collected in 4 ml standard clotting tubes using an intravenous cannula. Tubes are left to clot for 30-45 minutes. Samples are centrifuged within one hour at 2000 g for 10 minutes at 4° C. The serum is then transferred directly to two aliquots of 1 ml each and frozen at −40° C.


Safety

Blood samples for hematology are collected in 4 ml EDTA tubes and sent to the hematology laboratory of the Leiden University Medical Center (LUMC) for routine analysis. Blood samples for blood chemistry are collected in 4 ml Heparin tubes and sent to the clinical chemistry laboratory for routine analysis.


Drug Concentration Measurements

Frozen serum samples for PK analysis are stored in the freezer at −40° C. and are shipped on dry ice to the laboratory, at the end of the study. Samples are analyzed using a validated LC-MS method for the determination of testosterone levels. It is not possible to discriminate endogenous and exogenous testosterone from each other using this method.


Quality Assurance

The study is conducted in compliance with the pertaining CHDR Standard Operating Procedures and CHDR's QA procedures.


Calculation of Pharmacokinetic Parameters

A validated LC-MS/MS method is employed to determine serum testosterone. All samples from study participant completing both the periods are analyzed.


Incurred sample reanalysis is performed:

    • Cmin, Cmax, and tmax actual measured values. Values are determined relative to the testosterone administration time in treated subjects.
    • Area under the concentration curve (AUC) is estimated for the 0 to 12 hour time interval using the trapezoidal rule.
    • Significance is evaluated using the t-test. Additional exploratory analyses of PK parameters could be performed as necessary.


The relative pharmacokinetic profile of the pre-filled syringe and the multiple dose dispenser is determined using the AUC0-12h and Cmax0-12h corrected for the endogenous serum testosterone concentration. For bioequivalence, the relative mean of the dispenser to the pre-filled syringe using log transformed data for AUC0-12h and Cmax0-12h is corrected for the endogenous serum testosterone concentration, is determined to be between 80% to 125%.


Analysis of Safety Parameters

The Day 5 close-out findings is compared to the screening results and clinically significant changes were to be identified in the following:

    • 1. Vital Signs and Adverse Events: Blood Pressure, Body Temperature, Respiratory Rate, Heart Rate.
    • 2. Otorhinolaryngological examination with the nasal tolerance data presented in summary tables.
    • 3. Complete Blood Count: white blood count, hemoglobin and hematocrit.
    • 4. Clinical chemistry profile: sodium, potassium, chloride, glucose, urea, creatinine, calcium, phosphate, uric acid, total bilirubin, albumin, AST, ALT, ALP, GGT, CK and cholesterol.
    • 5. Urinalysis.


Determination of Sample Size

As this is a relatively small Phase I PK study with the intent to compare a pharmacokinetic profile of testosterone after administration of TBS-1 from two different dispensers in healthy male subjects, a true sample size calculation is not performed.


Subjects
26 Subjects are Enlisted





    • 2 subjects are not screened due to planning problems

    • 1 subject is not screened because he does not have a general practitioner





23 Subjects are Screened





    • 3 screening failures due to ENT abnormalities

    • 1 screening failure due to positive hepatitis B test

    • 1 screening failure due to positive hepatitis C test





18 Subjects Passed Screening





    • 12 subjects are randomized and completed the study

    • 1 subject is cancelled before the baseline visit due to concurrent illness

    • 5 subjects are reserves, but not needed





No subjects discontinue after randomization.


Efficacy Evaluation

Data collected is used in the analysis. This yields three PK curves of 12 hours each, one without treatment (baseline), and one each after administration of TBS-1 using the multiple dose dispenser or syringe.


Demographic Characteristics

Subject demographics are summarized in Table 4 below.









TABLE 4







Subject demographics














Variable
N
MEAN
STD
MIN
MAX


















Age (yrs)
12
23.4
3.0
18
28



BMI (kg/m2)
12
23.55
2.45
20.9
28.4



Height (cm)
12
184.43
8.46
173.5
197.0



Weight (kg)
12
80.08
9.76
63.2
98.2










Measurements of Treatment Compliance

The nasal gel is self-administered by subjects. All administrations are successful.


Efficacy Results and Tabulations of Individual Patient Data


FIG. 14 shows the individual serum testosterone levels per occasion (baseline without medication, TBS-1 using the multiple dose dispenser and TBS-1 using syringes), where T=0 occurred at 21:00 hours clock time. FIG. 15 shows the individual and median testosterone concentration versus time grouped by treatment.


All subjects have testosterone levels within the normal range (24 hour Cmean≥300 ng/dL and ≤1050 ng/dL). The baseline curves clearly show the slow circadian fluctuations in testosterone levels that are expected in a young, healthy population with the highest levels in the early morning.


Although dose and volume of TBS-1 that is administered is exactly the same for both forms of administration, the graphs in FIGS. 14 and 15 suggest that there are differences in pharmacokinetic profile.


Pharmacokinetic Parameters

The following primary pharmacokinetic parameters, per occasion, are calculated:

    • AUC0-12: Area under the serum concentration-time curve (ng-hr/dL) for each occasion from 21:00 to 9:00 hrs, is calculated using the linear trapezoidal method.
    • Cmean: Mean concentration (ng/dL) during each occasion from 21:00 to 9:00 hrs, is calculated as AUC_0-12/12.
    • Cmax: Maximum is observed concentration (ng/dL) during each occasion.
    • Cmin: Minimum is observed concentration (ng/dL) during each occasion.
    • tmax: Time (hr) at which Cmax is observed.


Tables 5 to 7 below summarize the primary pharmacokinetic parameters for endogenous testosterone during the baseline visit when no treatment is administered, for TBS-1 when administered using the multiple dose dispenser, and for TBS-1 when administered using a syringe.


Testosterone, Baseline, No Treatment








TABLE 5







Testosterone, no treatment













Parameter
Mean
SD
Median
Min
Max
N
















AUC0-12
4911
1156
4726
3337
7164
12


tmax
8.833
3.486
10.0
2.0
12
12


Cmax
514.2
117.5
480.0
384.0
746
12


Cmin
298.6
89.01
308.0
134.0
453
12


Cmean
409.0
96.4
392.8
278.1
597
12





AUC0-12 in ng*hr/dL; tmax in hours; Cmax, Cmin and Cmean in ng/dL






Testosterone, TBS-1 Multiple Dose Dispenser








TABLE 6







Testosterone, TBS-1 multiple dose dispenser













Parameter
Mean
SD
Median
Min
Max
N
















AUC0-12
7484
1798
7347
4847
11350
12


tmax
2.751
3.961
1.25
0.3333
12
12


Cmax
1028
283.1
970.5
645
1440
12


Cmin
337.9
119.7
328.5
145
565
12


Cmean
623.6
149.9
612.3
403.9
945.7
12





AUC0-12 in ng*hr/dL; tmax in hours; Cmax, Cmin and Cmean in ng/dL






Testosterone, TBS-1 Syringe








TABLE 7







Testosterone, TBS-1 syringe













Parameter
Mean
SD
Median
Min
Max
N
















AUC0-12
7266
1360
7237
5186
9371
12


tmax
5.612
4.736
5.0
0.667
12
12


Cmax
778.8
144.1
754.5
543
1100
12


Cmin
355.9
66.96
337.0
291
498
12


Cmean
605.4
113.2
603.1
432.2
780.9
12





AUC0-12 in ng*hr/dL; tmax in hours; Cmax, Cmin and Cmean in ng/dL






The listing of individual primary pharmacokinetic parameters is included in Table 7A.









TABLE 7A







Efficacy Data


Individual PK Parameters


Individual PK parameters 0-12 hrs for each occasion














Subject
Occasion
reatment
AUC_0-12
t_max
C_max
C_mean
C_min

















1
1
No Treatment
5722
10.0000
600
476.9
321


1
2
TBS-1 mdd
9394
12.0000
1070
782.9
340


1
3
TBS-1 syringe
7802
12.0000
840
650.1
400


2
1
No Treatment
3731
10.0000
388
310.9
242


2
2
TBS-1 syringe
7367
1.5000
779
613.9
333


2
3
TBS-1 mdd
7592
0.3333
1420
632.7
386


3
1
No Treatment
4771
3.0000
498
395.4
332


3
2
TBS-1 mdd
6056
0.6667
645
504.7
395


3
3
TBS-1 syringe
7107
5.0000
691
592.3
312


4
1
No Treatment
7164
2.0000
746
597.0
453


4
2
TBS-1 syringe
8639
6.0000
837
720.0
498


4
3
TBS-1 mdd
8370
0.3333
1440
697.5
500


5
1
No Treatment
3337
10.0000
384
278.1
134


5
2
TBS-1 mdd
4847
0.3500
1280
403.9
145


5
3
TBS-1 syringe
5439
1.0000
725
453.3
292


6
1
No Treatment
3673
10.0000
422
305.2
166


6
2
TBS-1 syringe
5186
10.0200
543
432.2
304


6
3
TBS-1 mdd
5851
1.0000
715
487.6
325


7
1
No Treatment
4681
12.0000
456
390.1
324


7
2
TBS-1 syringe
6250
12.0000
661
520.8
291


7
3
TBS-1 mdd
6503
1.5000
881
541.2
159


8
1
No Treatment
4632
12.0000
473
386.0
295


8
2
TBS-1 mdd
7102
1.5000
813
591.9
332


8
3
TBS-1 syringe
8529
0.6667
1100
710.7
343


9
1
No Treatment
4222
12.0000
481
351.8
287


9
2
TBS-1 mdd
11350
3.0000
1350
945.7
276


9
3
TBS-1 syringe
6992
12.0000
730
582.7
341


10
1
No Treatment
6503
10.0000
718
541.9
397


10
2
TBS-1 syringe
9371
5.0000
874
780.9
445


10
3
TBS-1 mdd
8747
10.0000
820
728.9
565


11
1
No Treatment
5541
5.0000
525
461.7
353


11
2
TBS-1 mdd
7823
2.0000
848
651.9
315


11
3
TBS-1 syringe
8550
1.5000
898
710.6
408


12
1
No Treatment
4950
10.0000
479
412.5
279


12
2
TBS-1 syringe
5962
0.6667
668
496.8
304


12
3
TBS-1 mdd
6171
0.3333
1060
514.2
317





mdd—multiple dose dispenser






Total testosterone exposure is estimated by the mean area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC0-12 in ng-hr/dL) is higher after TBS-1 administration using the dispenser or syringe than endogenous levels alone (7484 and 7266, respectively, versus 4911ng*h/dL). Between the methods of administration, the difference in mean AUC0-12 is small. The significance of this difference is explored below.


Unexpectedly, mean Cmax is higher after administration with the dispenser than when with a syringe (1028 versus 778.8 ng/dL, respectively). Tmax occurs sooner after administration using the dispenser than after the syringe (2.75 versus 5.6 hours, respectively). Thus, after administration using the multiple dose dispenser serum testosterone seems to be absorbed faster than with a syringe. The significance of these differences is explored below.


Two subjects reach tmax of testosterone only 10 and 12 hours after administration with the dispenser. In three subjects, tmax is 10 and 12 hours after administration with the syringe, and tmax is 5 and 6 hours in two others. Most likely, the endogenous testosterone peak fluctuation exceeded levels that is caused by exogenous testosterone administration. Thus, the calculated mean tmax may be faster when testosterone is dosed high enough that the peak caused by exogenous administration exceeds the endogenous peak.


Derived Pharmacokinetic Parameters The following derived pharmacokinetic parameters, combining results from occasions, are calculated:

    • AUC0-12 _drug: difference between AUC0-12 after treatment (syringe or dispenser) and no treatment (baseline occasion)
    • Cmax_drug: difference between Cmax after treatment (syringe or dispenser) and the observed concentration at tmax in absence of treatment (baseline occasion)
    • Ratio AUC0-12_drug: % ratio between AUC0-12_drug using dispenser and syringe
    • Ratio Cmax_drug: % ratio between Cmax_drug using dispenser and syringe
    • Mean and uncertainty (95%, 90% and 80% confidence interval) of the log of Ratio AUC0-12_drug
    • Mean and uncertainty (95%, 90% and 80% confidence interval) of the log of Ratio Cmax_drug


Testosterone Level Using TBS-1, Baseline Subtracted

Tables 8 and 9 below show the AUC and Cmax for the different TBS-1 delivery methods after subtracting baseline levels of testosterone.









TABLE 8







Testosterone level using TBS-1 multiple


dose dispenser, baseline subtracted













Parameter
Mean
SD
Median
Min
Max
N
















AUC0-12drug
2573.0
1679.0
2211
1207
7126
12


Cmaxdrug
630.8
314.7
534
102
1111
12
















TABLE 9







Testosterone level TBS-1 syringe, baseline subtracted













Parameter
Mean
SD
Median
Min
Max
N
















AUC0-12drug
2356.0
900.9
2219
1012
3897
12


Cmaxdrug
379.9
177.1
357
121
782
12









Testosterone Level TBS-1 Dispenser Over Syringe Ratio

Table 10 below shows the ratio of serum testosterone levels that are reached with the dispenser or syringe, after subtracting baseline testosterone levels. There is clearly a difference in Cmax between the administration forms (mean ratio dispenser over syringe Cmax 2.057), but the AUCs are comparable (mean ratio dispenser over syringe AUC 1.12).









TABLE 10







Testosterone, ratio of TBS-1 multiple dose dispenser over syringe













Parameter
Mean
SD
Median
Min
Max
N
















Ratio AUC0-12drug
1.122
0.580
0.940
0.550
2.572
12


Ratio Cmaxdrug
2.057
1.339
1.983
0.227
4.455
12


logRatio AUC0-12drug
0.014
0.453
−0.071
−0.598
0.945
12


logRatio Cmaxdrug
0.455
0.860
0.684
−1.484
1.494
12









Table 11 below shows the log of the ratio of serum testosterone levels that are reached when administering using the multiple dose dispenser over syringe, after subtracting baseline testosterone levels, with 95%, 90% and 80% confidence intervals.


When plotting probability density of the log ratio of testosterone levels that are reached with the multiple dose dispenser over levels that are reached with the syringe as shown in FIG. 16, no significant difference is demonstrated for either AUC0-12 or Cmax within 95% confidence intervals. There is a trend toward a difference for Cmax. However, this data does not confirm bioequivalence at a confidence interval level of 90% for either AUC0-12 or Cmax, as the study is not powered for 2-one-sided tests.









TABLE 11







Testosterone TBS-1 log ratios


with different confidence intervals











Parameter
Mean
CI (%)
LLCI
ULCI














logRatio
0.01398
95
−0.27400
0.3019


AUC0-12_drug

90
−0.2209574
0.24892




80
−0.16438
0.19234


logRatio
0.45520
95
−0.09145
1.0020


Cmax_drug

90
0.00917
0.90127




80
0.11658
0.79386





CI = confidence interval;


log(0.8) = −0.22314; log(1.25) = 0.22314






Handling of Dropouts or Missing Data

No subjects drop out of the study. Blinded data review did not lead to removal of any data points.


Extent of Exposure

The pharmacokinetic results show that exposure to testosterone is only higher than the upper level of the normal range very briefly shortly after TBS-1 administration.


Adverse Events (AEs)

Treatment is well tolerated. There are 12 adverse event reports in total. Three events had their onset before the first administration of study medication and are therefore unrelated. Four reports of mild complaints such as sore throat are considered unlikely to be caused by study medication when considering the nature of the complaints and the time lapse after administration. One subject reschedules one occasion because of gastro-intestinal complaints that are unlikely to be related to study medication, onset of symptoms is days after study drug administration. Symptoms resolve without treatment.


Reports of bad smell and taste are the only complaints that are considered clearly related to administration of medication. These complaints are mild in intensity and could be considered a product characteristic rather than a medical condition. Bad smell and taste complaints do not lead to discontinuation of the study medication and diminishes with repeated dosing.


Display of Adverse Events

A listing of adverse events is included in Table 12.









TABLE 12







Listing of Adverse Events














Treatment









Treatment
Subject
Visit
Start













Chronicity
Duration
Severity
SAE
Diagnosis related
action
Symptoms

















TBS-1 mdd
2
3
6 APR. 2011
 8:30
OROPHARYNGEAL PAIN
None
Irritated













single occasion
0D01H20M
mild
No
unlikely

throat.















3
2
30 MAR. 11
12:00
HEADACHE
None
Headache













single occasion
0D09H00M
mild
No
unrelated















30 MAR. 11
21:04
APPLICATION SITE ODOUR
None
Smells nasty,













single occasion
0D02H55M
mild
No
definitely

bad taste.















5
2
30 MAR. 11
20:40
APPLICATION SITE ODOUR
None
It smells nasty.













single occasion
0D00H30M
mild
No
definitely















30 MAR. 2011
21:15
DYSGEUSIA
None
Bad taste.













single occasion
0D00H45M
mild
No
definitely

















8
2
13 APR. 2011
20:45
CATHETER SITE RASH
Removed
Red rash in













single occasion
1D18H15M
mild
No
unrelated
plastic
left armpit,







tape patch.
where cannula








is placed.














TBS-1 syringe
1
3
6 APR. 2011
 8:30
OROPHARYNGEAL PAIN
None
Sore throat.













single occasion
0D00H40M
mild
No
unlikely

















2
2
31 MAR. 2011
13:00
AGITATION
None
Feeling













single occasion
0D20H00M
mild
No
unlikely

agitated.















4
2
30 MAR. 2011
20:45
APPLICATION SITE ODOUR
None
It smells nasty.













single occasion
0D00H20M
mild
No
definitely

















6
2
30 MAR. 2011
20:33
APPLICATION SITE ODOUR
None
It smells nasty.













single occasion
0D00H27M
mild
No
definitely

















10 
2
18 APR. 2011
23:00
DIARRHOEA
None
Nausea,













single occasion
1D21H00M
mild
No
unlikely

diarrhoea.














No Treatment
11 
1
13 APR. 2011
 9:19
HEADACHE
Paracetamol,
Headache













single occasion
0D06H41M
mild
No
unrelated
sleep.





Note:


mdd = multiple dose dispnenser


M = Missing


U = Unknown






Analysis of Adverse Events

All adverse events are considered mild and are transient. Nasal tolerance is good. Initial complaints of bad smell or taste did not lead to discontinuation of the study.


Deaths, Other Serious Adverse Events, and Other Significant Adverse Events There are no deaths, serious adverse events or other significant adverse events.


Evaluation of Each Laboratory Parameter

There are no abnormal hematology, blood chemistry or urine laboratory findings that are considered clinically significant in the opinion of the investigator.


Vital Signs, Physical Findings and Other Observations Related to Safety

There are no abnormal findings in vital signs, on physical examinations or other observations that are considered clinically significant in the opinion of the investigator.


Safety Conclusions

Treatment is well tolerated, nasal tolerance is good. All adverse events are considered mild and are transient. Initial complaints of bad smell or taste did not lead to study discontinuation.


Discussion and Overall Conclusions

This study compares the pharmacokinetic profile of TBS-1 testosterone nasal gel administered using a multiple dose dispenser to the profile of TBS-1 delivery using a syringe. In order to avoid carry-over effects that are caused by repeated dosing, the order of administration is randomized. Prior to first administration, subjects are admitted to the unit for blood sampling in order to determine a baseline testosterone profile.


All 12 subjects, age range 18 to 28 years, complete the study successfully. Although not assessed at screening, all subjects have baseline testosterone levels within the normal range. Treatment is well tolerated and all reported adverse events are transient and considered mild. Complaints of bad smell and taste are reported, although this did not lead to discontinuation and decreased with repeated dosing.


As expected, the total exposure to testosterone (as estimated by the mean area under the serum concentration-time curve (AUC0-12)) after TBS-1 administration using the dispenser or syringe exceed endogenous levels. The difference in mean AUC0-12 between the two modes of administration is small.


Unexpectedly, mean Cmax is considerably higher after administration with the dispenser than when administering using a syringe. Tmax is also earlier after administration using the dispenser than after the using the syringe. Thus, testosterone absorption seems to be faster with the multiple dose dispenser than with a syringe, but the total absorbed amount is similar.


Two subjects reach tmax of testosterone only 10 and 12 hours after administration with the dispenser. In three subjects, tmax is 10 and 12 hours after the syringe, and tmax is 5 and 6 hours in two others. Most likely, the endogenous testosterone peak fluctuation exceed levels that are caused by exogenous testosterone administration. Thus, the calculated mean tmax may be faster when testosterone is dosed high enough that the peak caused by exogenous administration exceeds the endogenous peak.


When plotting probability density of the log ratio of testosterone levels that are reached with the multiple dose dispenser over levels that are reached with the syringe, no significant difference is demonstrated for either AUC0-12 or Cmax within 95% confidence intervals. There is a trend toward a difference for Cmax. However, this data does not confirm bioequivalence at a confidence interval level of 90% for either AUC0-12 or Cmax. This finding may be due to the fact that the ideal positioning of the delivering tip is easier to find with the multiple dose device than the syringe.


Also, in accordance with this Example 6, see FIGS. 22 and 23.


The following formations are in Table 13 used in Examples 5-7 and in FIGS. 22 and 23.














TABLE 13









TBS-





TBS1V
TBS-
1A 4%
TBS-




(vs.
1A
alternate
1A


Material
TBS1
H20)
4% (A)
(B)
8%




















Dimethyl isosorbide
0
0
25.0
15.0
25.0


Diethyleneglycol
0
0
10.0
5.0
10.0


ethyl ether







Povidone
0
0
3.0
3.0
3.0


Copovidone
0
0
2.0
2.0
2.0


Hydroxypropyl
0
0
0.5
0.5
0.5


cellulose







Testosterone
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
8.0


micronized







Castor oil
88.0
87.95
50.5
65.5
46.5


Labrafil M1944CS
4.0
4.0
0
0
0


Colloidal silicon
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
5.0


dioxide







Water
0
0.05
0
0
0


Total
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0
100.0









Example 7

Intranasal testosterone gels, TBS-1 and TBS-1A, have been developed as a hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of hypogonadism. It is believed that TBS-1/TBS-1A gel will offer significant safety and efficacy over existing therapies for the treatment of hypogonadism.


TBS-1/TBS-1A are an innovative galenic formulation of testosterone for nasal administration. The advantages of TBS-1/TBS-1A nasal gel include a reduced amount of active ingredient in comparison to other testosterone replacement therapies and lack of transference to other family members.


The testosterone intranasal gels are referred to as Nasobol or TBS-1 (for the treatment of hypogonadism in males).


The investigational drugs, TBS-1 and TBS-1A, are an intranasal formulation of testosterone.


The chemical composition of testosterone is C19H28O2 with a molecular weight of 288.42. Testosterone belongs to the pharmacological class of androgens.


Structural Formula



embedded image









TABLE 1





Summary of the Active IMP, TBS-1
















(Brand) Name of Drug Product
TBS-1


Common Name of Drug Product
Testosterone intranasal gel


Common Name of Drug Substance
Testosterone


(Medicinal Ingredient)



Dosage Form
Gel


Strength
4.0%


Route of Administration
Intranasal


Proposed Indication
Hypogonadism
















TABLE 2





Summary of the Active IMP, TBS-1A
















(Brand) Name of Drug Product
TBS-1A


Common Name of Drug Product
Testosterone intranasal gel


Common Name of Drug Substance
Testosterone


(Medicinal Ingredient)



Dosage Form
Gel


Strength
4.0%, 8.0%


Route of Administration
Intranasal


Proposed Indication
Hypogonadism









The specifications for testosterone drug substance are presented in Table 2.1.5.4.1-1.









TABLE 2.1.S.4.1-1







Testosterone Specifications









Test Parameter
Method/Reference
Acceptance Criteria





Description
Visual (USP)
White or slightly creamy white




crystals or crystalline powder


IR Absorbance
IR spectroscopy
Matches reference spectrum


Spectrum
(USP)



UV Absorbance
UV/VIS
Matches reference spectrum


Spectrum
spectroscopy




(USP)



Melting Range
Class Ia (USP)
153-157° C.


Start




Melting Range
Class Ia (USP)
153-157° C.


End




Specific Optical
Polarmetry (USP)
101-105° (calculated


Rotation

on the dried basis)


Loss on Drying
Gravimetry (USP)
≤1.0%










Related
TLC
Delta4-androstenediol
≤0.2%


Substances
(Ph. Eur.)
Androstanolone
≤0.1%



HPLC
Impurity A
≤0.1%



(Ph. Eur.)
Impurity I
≤0.2%




Impurity C
≤0.5%




Impurity J
≤0.1%




any other
≤0.1%




Total impurities
≤0.6%


Volatile
GC
Acetone
≤0.5%


Substances

2-propanol
≤0.5%




n-heptane
≤0.5%









Assay
TLC and UV
97.0-103.0% (calculated



(USP)
on the dried basis)


Particle Size
Laser diffraction
≤50 μm



spectroscopy 50%




Laser diffraction
≤100 μm



spectroscopy 90%











Microbial
Ph. Eur.
Microbial count:
≤100/g


Limits

colony forming





aerobic bacterial





and fungi






Enterobacteriaceae

<10 CFU/g





P
aeruginosa

0/g





S.
aureus

0/g









Container Closure System [Testosterone USP

Testosterone is dispensed into polyethylene bags; each polyethylene bag is then sealed and placed in a polyethylene-aluminum-laminated bag. The polyethylene-aluminum-laminated bag is placed in a plastic container which is shipped within a fiber drum that is closed with a tamperproof metallic seal.


Stability [testosterone USP


Testosterone USP has a retest period of five (5) years.


Medicinal Product (TBS-1, Gel)

TBS-1 gel is a viscous and thixotropic, oil-based formulation containing solubilized testosterone intended for intranasal application. The drug product is formulated with the compendial inactive ingredients: castor oil, oleoyl polyoxylglycerides, and colloidal silicon dioxide.


Composition

The compositions of the drug product to be administered in this clinical trial are provided in Tables 2.1.P.1-1.









TABLE 2.1.P.1-1







Components, Quantity, Quality Standards and


Function, 4.0% TBS-1: Syringe















Quantity






Quantity
Delivered





Amount
Syringe
per Dose

Quality


Component
(% w/w)
(mg)
(mg)
Function
Standard















Testosterone
4.0%
5.92
5.0
Active
USP






ingredient



Castor oil
88.0% 
130.24
110
Solvent
Ph. Eur./







USP


Oleoyl
4.0%
5.92
5.0
Wetting
Ph.


polyoxyl-



agent
Eur./NF


glycerides



(hydrophilic







oil)



Colloidal
4.0%
5.92
5.0
Viscosity
NF


silicon dioxide



increasing







agent










TBS-1 gel is supplied in unit-dose polypropylene syringes. Two syringes of each dosage are packaged in a protective aluminium foil pouch.


Testosterone used in TBS-1/TBS-1A gel appears as white or slightly creamy white crystals or crystalline powder. It is freely soluble in methanol and ethanol, soluble in acetone and isopropanol and insoluble in n-heptane. It can also be considered as insoluble in water (S20° C.=2.41×10−2 g/L±0.04×10−2 g/L); its n-Octanol/Water partition coefficient (log POW determined by HPLC) is 2.84. The solubility of testosterone in oils is determined to be 0.8% in isopropylmyristate, 0.5% in peanut oil, 0.6% in soybean oil, 0.5% in corn oil, 0.7% in cottonseed oil and up to 4% in castor oil.


Because testosterone is fully dissolved within the formulation, physical characteristics of the drug substance do not influence the performance of the drug product TBS-1/TBS-1A gel. The manufacturability of TBS-1/TBS-1A gel however is influenced by the particle size of testosterone. When using a particle size of 50%≤25 microns, 90%≤50 microns the solubility of the drug substance in the matrix is especially favorable.


The molecular structure of testosterone contains no functional groups that can be protonated or deprotonated in the physiological pH-range. Therefore, testosterone is to be considered as a neutral molecule with no pKa value in the range 1-14. Because it is neutral, testosterone is compatible with excipients.


The excipients used in the formulation of the TBS-1/TBS-1A drug product are inactive ingredients used in semi-solid dosage forms. The ingredients are monographed in NF and/or USP/Ph. Eur. (except dimethyl isosorbide which is subject to a specific monograph) and are all listed in the “Inactive Ingredient” list for Approved Drug Products issued by the FDA.


Castor oil Ph. Eur./USP


The main excipient in TBS-1/TBS-1A gel is castor oil which amounts to approximately 50 to 65% of the formulation and serves as a solvent for testosterone.


The characteristics of oil which can influence drug product performance are: the ability to solubilize drug substance, viscosity which influences the amount of gellant required, odor/taste which may impact patient compliance, and acid/hydroxyl/iodine/saponification value which impacts the potential for skin irritation. The solubility of testosterone is highest in castor oil compared to other solvents suitable for nasal application and castor oil is not irritating to mucous membrane.


For nasal delivery, small volumes are applied. It is expected that a testosterone semi-solid dosage form for nasal application would require a dose of 2.5 to 5 mg of the active per 100 μL per nostril. An aqueous solution of testosterone can contain only 0.002 mg per 100 μL while a castor oil solution, in contrast, can contain up to about 4.5 mg per 100 μL.


Oleoyl Polyoxylglycerides NF

Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides are also referred to as Labrafil M 1944 CS, apricot kernel oil PEG-6 esters, Peglicol-5-oleate, mixture of glycerides and polyethylene esters. The castor oil, which is used as a solvent for TBS-1 gel, is a fixed oil. Such oils have the advantage of being non-volatile or spreading (in contrast to essential oils or liquid paraffin), but have the disadvantage of being hydrophobic. The nasal mucosa contains 95-97% water. Without the oleoyl polyoxylglycerides, the castor oil containing the active ingredient would form a non-interactive layer on the mucous membrane. In order to achieve adequate contact between the castor oil layer and the mucous membrane, the hydrophilic oleoyl polyoxylglyceride is added to the formulation to form an emulsion between the castor oil and the mucosa fluid. Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides have a slight disadvantage of causing a minor decrease in the solubility of testosterone in castor oil.


Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides are used in semi-solids at concentrations ranging from about 3 to 20%, depending on the application. The amount of oleoyl polyoxylglycerides in TBS-1 gel is high enough to allow for a better contact of the carrier oil with the mucous membrane and low enough to have minimal impact on the amount of testosterone that can be incorporated into the carrier oil. A favorable concentration of oleoyl polyoxylglycerides in TBS-1 gel is found to be 4% of the formulation.


Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides show good mucosal tolerance and are used as an excipient in approved nasal and vaginal preparations. This oil is used in nasal sprays/drops together with other excipients such as olive oil, peanut oil, eucalyptol, niauli oil and in vaginal creams together with mineral oil, and tefose 63 (PEG-6-32 stearate and glycol stearate).


Diethyleneglycol Ethyl Ether (Transcutol P) pH. Eur./NF

Testosterone solubility in the oil based TBS-1A gel is limited to about 4.5%. There is a need to increase the solubility of testosterone to higher levels in order to reduce the volume of gel delivered as the recommend volume of gel to the nasal cavity should not preferably exceed about 150 μL.


One possibility is the addition of surfactants to TBS-1A formulation, but the literature reports tolerance issues with high levels of surfactants on mucosae.


Diethyleneglycol ethyl ether alone can dissolve more than 10% testosterone, and is used with DMI to increase the overall solubility of testosterone in the gel. Diethyleneglycol ethyl ether is used in many dermal formulations approved in Europe, USA, Canada and several other countries.


Dimethyl Isosorbide (DMI)

Dimethyl isosorbide (DMI), also referred to as super refined Arlasolve, is also a super solvent and is able to dissolve more than 12% testosterone. Used in conjunction with the other excipients, DMI allows for testosterone levels in the gel up to at least about 8.0%.


The safety profile for DMI is made public by, for example, the Australian Ministry of Health:

    • http://www.nicnas.gov.au/search/cache.cgi?collection=nicnas-web&doc=http/www.nicnas.gov.au/publications/car/new/std/stdfullr/std1000fr/std105 2fr.pdf.pan.txt


      Povidone Ph. Eur./USP


Povidone (Kollidon K or Plasdone K) is a vinylic polymer used for decades in various pharmaceutical dosage forms. Povidone functions as a binder and is also used as a film former in sprays and an inhibitor of crystal growth in saturated solutions. Povidone is only partly soluble in the TBS-1A mixture and its amount is limited.


Copovidone Ph. Eur./USP


Copovidone known as Kollidon VA 64 or Plasdone S 630 is a copolymer of vinyl acetate and pyrrolidone. Copovidone is similar in function to Povidone in that it is used as a binder in dozens of oral formulation but can also be found in topical formulation (Erythromycin dermal or clotrimazole vaginal) approved in Germany, and an anti-acne cream approved in UK).


Copovidone is somewhat more soluble than Povidone in the TBS-1A mixture, its activity on crystal growth is somewhat less than Povidone, but, unlike Povidone, Copovidone helps increase the viscosity of the gel.


Colloidal Silicon Dioxide NF

The oil in TBS-1/TBS-1A gel is thickened with a gel-forming agent, colloidal silicon dioxide. This compound is used commonly for thickening oleogels.


The intended dosage form for TBS-1/TBS-1A gel is a semi-solid, not a liquid. The formulation is thickened with colloidal silicon dioxide; instead of a solid fat as the viscosity obtained with the latter highly depend on of temperature, while the viscosity obtained with SiO2 remains stable with temperature. In addition, colloidal silicon dioxide contributes to the thixotropic properties of the gel, simplifying drug delivery to the nostril.


Colloidal silicon dioxide is generally an inert material which is well tolerated as an excipient in mucosal applications such as suppositories. Colloidal silicon dioxide is typically used in these preparations at concentrations ranging from about 0.5 to 10%. The concentration of colloidal silicon dioxide in TBS-1/TBS-1A gel is high enough to achieve gel formation but at a level that has minimal impact on testosterone incorporation into the carrier oil.


Hydroxypropyl cellulose Ph. Eur./USP (Hyprolose)


Hydroxypropyl cellulose (Klucel or Nisso HPC) is a cellulose derivative used as a viscosity agent in pharmaceutical products. Hyprolose has been cited in literature as able to improve and prolong the absorption of hydrophilic drugs through the nasal route in animals (Dopamine).


Unlike it other cellulose derivatives, Hyprolose is also soluble in many organic solvent or semi-hydrophilic oils and therefore can be used as a secondary thickening agent in TBS-1A. Hyprolose is added to TBS-1A as DMI and Transcutol reduce the gelling efficiency of silicon dioxide as these amphiphilic solvents are believed to reduce the hydrogen bonds between the silica and the oil.


Medicinal Product (TBS-1, Gel)

The investigational drug products, TBS1 and TBS-1A gel, are formulations of testosterone in an intranasal gel proposed for a Phase I clinical trial to compare the delivery of 125 μl (5.0 mg) of a 4.0% w/w TBS-1 gel to 125 μl (5.0 mg) of a 4.0% w/w TBS-1A gel and 62.5 μl (5.0 mg) of a 8.0% w/w TBS-1A gel.


Challenges for nasal delivery include:

    • (1) requirements for larger particles than pulmonary administration (i.e., only particles >10 μm are sufficiently heavy to avoid entering the respiratory tract);
    • (2) concentrations must be higher due to the smaller volumes that can be administered;
    • (3) rapid clearance of the therapeutic agent from the site of deposition results in a shorter time available for absorption;
    • (4) potential for local tissue irritation; and
    • (5) limited formulation manipulation possibilities to alter drug delivery profiles.


Reports in the literature summarize various strategies to overcome the limitations of nasal drug delivery, but in many cases it is not possible to adopt the strategies due to the physicochemical and/or pharmacokinetic properties of the molecules in question.


Due to first-pass metabolism, biofeedback and inter-individual variability dosing of endocrine compounds can be somewhat difficult. Natural testosterone secretion in males is 5 to 10 mg per day. For the treatment of hypogonadism, the oral dose of testosterone is 300 to 400 mg per day, the transdermal dose of testosterone is 24.3 mg (by a patch) or 50 to 150 mg (by a gel), and the buccal dose is 60 mg.


For TBS-1/TBS-1A, the quantity of testosterone per dose that is much lower than that administered via currently approved testosterone-containing dosage forms is selected. The initial dose is selected by considering the doses used for other orally administered drugs that have also been formulated for nasal delivery. A 4% testosterone-containing formulation that delivers about 5.6 mg testosterone in 140 μL to each nostril is evaluated. This 4% formulation and a 4.5% testosterone-containing formulation are further used in a Phase II clinical study per the dosing regimen presented in Table 2.1.P.2.2.1-1.









TABLE 2.1.P.2.2.1-1







TBS-1 Formulations used in a Phase II Clinical Study















Total Daily



Formulation
Dose
Times/day
Dose







4.0% TBS-1
 10.0 mg
t.i.d.
 30.0 mg



4.5% TBS-1
 13.5 mg
b.i.d.
 27.0 mg




11.25 mg
t.i.d.
33.75 mg










The proposed clinical study will compare 125 μl (5.0 mg) of a 4.0% w/w TBS-1 gel to 125 μl (5.0 mg) of a 4.0% w/w TBS-1A gel and 62.5 μl (5.0 mg) of a 8.0% w/w TBS-1A gel packaged in HDPE syringes sealed in an aluminium foil.


Aqueous-Based Formulation (Formulation 1)

The first approach to developing a nasal delivery formulation of testosterone is to create a purely aqueous-based product. The formulation of a microcrystalline suspension of testosterone initially developed (referred to as “Formulation 1”) is listed in Table 2.1.P.2.2.1-2.









TABLE 2.1.P.2.2.1-2







Composition of Formulation 1










Compound
Amount per 1 ml







Testosterone, micronized
40.0 mg



Dextrose
26.5 mg



Propylene glycol
10.0 mg



Polysorbate 80
0.04 mg



Avicel RC 591 *
30.0 mg



0.1-N Sodium hydroxide
q.s. about 2.6 mg



Purified water
 891 mg







* Avicel RC 591 (FMC) is a mixture of microcrystalline cellulose and carboxymethyl cellulose sodium






Formulation 1 is filled into a device that allowed preservative-free application of testosterone to the nose. Each actuation of the device delivered 5.6 mg of testosterone from the nasal actuator. Using Formulation 1, a proof-of-concept study is conducted in hypogonadal men; the study is an open label, multiple-dose, parallel, dose-ranging study in 5 subjects.


Overall, it is concluded that in order to maintain a normalized testosterone level over 24 hours, up to 6 nasal applications would be necessary using Formulation 1 which would not be acceptable. Therefore, it is decided to reformulate the product. The high membrane permeability and short elimination half-life of testosterone from plasma, posed unique challenges. To overcome the challenges, non aqueous based formulations are explored.


Oil-Based Formulations (Formulations 2A-D)=TBS-1

A purely oil-based formulation of testosterone is developed. The 5.6 mg per nostril dose evaluated with Formulation 1 in the proof-of-concept study results in a relatively high Cmax value. Therefore, to achieve a lower Cmax from the oily formulation, the quantity of testosterone is lowered for the oil-based formulations.


The formulation is filled into individual containers. The first trial laboratory scale batch (Batch No. 100304) is filled into glass vials. After production of the preliminary batch, non-clinical, stability and clinical batches are packaged in LDPE packaging using blow-fill-seal technology. The clinical product for this trial will be packaged into syringes with a syringe cap.


Formulation 2A

The quantity of testosterone in Formulation 2A is targeted at 3.5%. The exact formulation is listed in Table 2.1.P.2.2.1-3. Formulation 2A is used in one in vitro and two in vivo preliminary safety studies.


Formulation 2B

The quantity of testosterone in Formulation 2B is reduced from 3.5% to 3.2% along with an adjustment of the amount of castor oil. The exact formulation is listed in Table 2.1.P.2.2.1-3. Formulation 2B is used in the 3-month safety study in animals and in two clinical studies in Europe (i.e., a Phase I 24-hr kinetic and a Phase II dose ranging study).


Formulation 2C

The quantity of testosterone in Formulation 2C is increased from 3.5% to 4.0% along with an adjustment of the amount of castor oil. The exact formulation is listed in Table 2.1.P.2.2.1-3. Formulation 2C is used in a Phase II clinical study.


Formulation 2D

The quantity of testosterone in Formulation 2D is increased from 3.5% to 4.5% along with an adjustment of the amount of castor oil. The exact formulation is listed in Table 2.1.P.2.2.1-3. Formulation 2D is used in a Phase II clinical study.









TABLE 2.1.P.2.2.1-3







Oil-based Trial Formulations (TBS-1 Formulations)










TBS-1
For-




Batch
mu-




No.
lation
Composition mg/g
Use














100304
2A
Testosterone
35.0
Safety study in eggs




Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides
40.0
(HET-CAM test)




Colloidal silicon dioxide
40.0
Safety study in




Castor oil
885.0
animals (4 hrs)













Safety study in





animals (14 days)


ED 187
2A
See above
Stability


ED 188
2A
See above
Stability


ED 189
2A
See above
Stability











EI 014
2B
Testosterone
32.0
Stability




Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides
40.0
Safety study in




Colloidal silicon dioxide
40.0
animals (3 months)




Castor oil
888.0
24-hr pK study in













humans





Dose-ranging study





in humans


9256
2B
See above
Phase II study





in humans











0823
2C
Testosterone
40.0
Phase II study




Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides
40.0
in humans




Colloidal silicon dioxide
40.0





Castor oil
880.0



0743
2D
Testosterone
45.0
Stability




Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides
40.0
Phase II study




Colloidal silicon dioxide
40.0
in humans




Castor oil
875.0









Oil-Based Formulation (Formulation 3)=TBS-1A

Human in vivo data showing that absorption of testosterone following administration of TBS-1 in volumes greater than 150 μL become erratic as the recommended capacity of the nasal cavity is 150 μl. The 4.5% oil-based TBS-1 formulation is currently at its maximal solubility and cannot be used for dosages of over 5.5 mg/administration.


The TBS-1 formulation exhibits a rapid peak to trough profile. It is decided to reformulate the product with the addition of small amounts of polymer to possibly increase the elimination half-life of testosterone in vivo thus minimizing the peak to trough profile. The formulations, based on testosterone solubility and gel formation are listed in Table 2.1.P.2.2.1-4.









TABLE 2.1.P.2.2.1-4







Oil-based Trial Formulations













TBS-
TBS-1A 4%
TBS-



Material
1A 4%
alternate
1A 8%
















Dimethyl isosorbide
25.0
15.0
25.0



Diethyleneglycol ethyl ether
10.0
5.0
10.0



Povidone
3.0
3.0
3.0



Copovidone
2.0
2.0
2.0



Hydroxypropyl cellulose
0.5
0.5
0.5



Testosterone micronized
4.0
4.0
8.0



Castor oil
50.5
65.5
46.5



Colloidal silicon dioxide
5.0
5.0
5.0



Total
100.0
100.0
100.0










Overages [TBS-1, Gel]

No overage is added to the formulation.


Physicochemical and Biological Properties [TBS-1, Gel]

A relevant parameter for the performance of the drug product is viscosity. The viscosity is important because it facilitates maintenance of the gel in the nasal cavity in contact with the nasal mucosa.


Manufacturing Process Development (TBS-1, Gel)

One preliminary batch (Batch No. 100304), four pilot scale batches (Batch No. ED 187, ED 188, ED 189 and ED 014) and three commercial scale (Batch 9256, 0823 and 0743) batches of TBS-1 have been produced.


Overall, the manufacturing process is straight forward and is not complicated. The individual components are mixed and then filled into syringes for clinical materials for this clinical trial.


Container Closure System (TBS-1, Gel)

TBS-1/TBS-1A gel is supplied in unit-dose polypropylene syringes. Syringes have been used as the primary packaging of the clinical materials for TBS-1 clinical trial as they allow for ease of dosing, ability to generate multiple doses by varying the fill volume and consistency of dose delivered. The syringes body is moulded from polypropylene, the plunger is moulded from polyethylene and the cap is HDPE. These syringes are designed and manufactured to deliver sterile and non-sterile solutions, liquids and gels at low volumes. For additional protection from the environment (i.e., exposure to dirt, light, humidity and oxygen), the syringes are packed in a foil-laminate overwrap pouch.


The syringes and caps are designed for use in a clinical setting and meet the requirements of the EU Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC of Jun. 14, 1993 and as amended. As this container closure is only intended for use in this portion of the clinical program, no additional studies will be performed on the syringe and syringe components.


An extractable volume study was performed to determine the amount of gel that is retained in the syringe after dosing. Independent of the syringe fill quantity, 23 g of gel is retained in the syringe.


Microbial Attributes (TBS-1, Gel)

According to the guidance on “Container Closure Systems for packaging Human Drugs and Biologics”, III F.2. (May 1999) the product is classified as a Topical Drug Product and for safety reasons at batch release, the Microbial Limit Test according to USP <61> in connection with Ph. Eur. 5.1.4/2.6.12 for non-sterile dosage forms for nasal use is performed applying the following criteria:


















TAMC (total aerobic microbial count)
<102 CFU/g



TYMC (total yeast and mould count)
<101 CFU/g




P.
aeruginosa

0/g




S.
aureus

0/g










Compatibility (TBS-1, Gel)

The drug is not administered with a diluent, another drug product or a dosage device and therefore compatibility studies were not performed.


Manufacture (TBS-1, GEL)
Batch Formula (TBS-1, Gel)

One batch of the bulk finished product, 4.0% TBS-1, has been manufactured for the proposed clinical trial. The batch formula is presented in Table 2.1.P.3.2-1.









TABLE 2.1.P.3.2-1







Batch Formula 4.0% TBS-1 at the 250 kg Batch Size










Components
Quantity per Batch (kg)














Testosterone
10.00



Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides
10.00



Colloidal silicon dioxide
10.00



Castor oil
220.00










Description of Manufacturing Process and Process Controls (TBS-1, Gel)

The clinical trial material is manufactured according to the following process as depicted in FIG. 19.


Overview of In-Process Controls During Manufacture

The in-process controls comprise the entire manufacturing process of the product, from the incoming inspection and release of drug substance and excipients to the packaging of the drug product.


Description of Manufacturing Process
Mixing of the Ingredients—Bulk Gel

The Pre-Mix is prepared by mixing, with a propeller mixer, the full amount of Testosterone with 25.0 kg of castor oil for 5 minutes.


Mixture I is prepared by adding the Pre-Mix to the remaining castor oil amount and mixing for 10 minutes to fully dissolve the Testosterone. The product temperature is maintained below 50° C. for the entire mixing process.


The oleoyl polyxoylglycerides are pre-heated to 50° C. and added to Mixture I. It is mixed for 10 minutes while maintaining product temperature below 50° C. This is identified as Mixture II.


Mixture III is prepared by adding the colloidal silicon dioxide to Mixture II and mixing for 10 minutes while maintaining product temperature below 50° C. A visual check is conducted after this step, to ensure that all of the Testosterone is dissolved and the gel is homogeneous. If the solution is clear and no undissolved Testosterone remains the cooling and discharge steps are initiated. In the event that undissolved Testosterone remains, the gel is mixed for an additional 10 minutes while maintaining product temperature below 50° C. and the visual check is repeated.


At the completion of mixing the gel is stirred and cooled to a product temperature below 30° C. The product is then discharged into stainless steel drums and the bulk gel sample is taken for analytical analysis.


Filling and Packaging—Clinical Supplies

After release of the final gel mixture by the control laboratory, the filling and packaging process is carried out by filling a pre-determined volume into the syringe followed by the application of the syringe cap. Two syringes are packaged into a foil pouch.


The syringes are filled using a pipette with the gel taken from a sterile holding tank. The tip of the pipette is discarded after the syringe is filled and the syringe cap is applied. Each syringe is individually labelled.


Following the application of the label, two syringes are packaged in a pre-formed foil pouch and the pouch is sealed. Each pouch is labelled.


Release

The package product is stored in quarantine and samples are presented to the quality control laboratory to control the finished product.


The control of the finished product includes all parameters of the specification. All parameters have to conform to the release specification. After passing the quality control, the product TBS-1 gel is released.


Specifications (TBS-1, Gel)

All excipients in the TBS-1 gel are compendial excipients. All compendial excipients are tested according to the corresponding Ph. Eur/USP monograph.









TABLE 2.1.P.4.1-1







Excipients and Quality Standard










Excipient
Quality Standard







Castor oil
USP/Ph. Eur.



Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides
Ph. Eur./NF



Colloidal silicon dioxide
NF










Excipients of Human or Animal Origin (TBS-1, Gel)

None of the excipients in TBS-1 gel is of human or animal origin.


Specification(s) (TBS-1, Gel)

The TBS-1 bulk gel is tested to the following specifications for batch release.









TABLE 2.1.P.5.1-1







Specifications for TBS-1 Bulk Gel









Test Parameter
Method/Reference
Acceptance Criteria





Appearance
Visual
Slightly yellowish gel


Identification A
STM.TBS1.001
Retention time and spectrum




corresponds to standard


Identification B
STM.TBS1.001
UV spectrum matches




reference spectrum


Assay
STM.TBS1.001
95.0-105.0%










Related
STM.TBS1.002
TBS-1 RC4
≤0.2%


Compounds

TBS-1 RC5
≤0.5%




Each individual
≤0.2%




unknown impurity





Total impurities
≤1.0%









Viscosity
Rotational
Report results



viscosimeter




Ph. Eur. 2.2.10/




USP<911>










TBS-1 RC4—17β—hydroxyandrosta-4,6-dien-3-one (Delta-6-testosterone); EP Impurity I


TBS-1 RC5—17α-hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one (Epitestosterone); EP Impurity C


TBS-1 gel is packaged in unit dose syringes or the multiple dose dispensers and is tested to the following specifications for batch release.









TABLE 2.1.P.5.1-2







Specifications for TBS-1 Gel Packaged in Unit Dose Syringes









Test Parameter
Method/Reference
Acceptance Criteria





Appearance
Visually
White barrel and cap filled




with slightly yellow gel


Identification A
STM.TBS-
Retention time and spectrum



1.001/PV0591
corresponds to standard


Identification B
STM.TBS-
UV spectrum matches



1.001/PV0591
reference spectrum


Assay
STM.TBS-
95.0-105.0%



1.001/PV0591











Related
STM.TBS-
Impurity I/TBS-1 RC4
≤0.2%


Compounds
1.002/PV0591
Impurity C/TBS-1 RC5
≤0.5%




Each individual
≤0.2%




unknown impurity





Total impurities
≤1.0%









Uniformity of
Ph Eur. 2.9.40
Complies with Ph. Eur.










Dosage





Microbial
Ph. Eur. 2.6.12
Total aerobic
<102 cfu/g


Limits
and 2.6.13
microbial count





Total combined
<10 cf




yeasts/mould count






P.
aeruginosa

0/g





S.
aureus

0/g










TBS-1 RC4—17β—hydroxyandrosta-4,6-dien-3-one (Delta-6-testosterone); EP Impurity I


TBS-1 RC5—17α—hydroxyandrost-4-en-3-one (Epitestosterone); EP Impurity C


Analytical Procedures (TBS-1, Gel)

Two independent procedures are used for the identification of testosterone in the drug product, an UV and an HPLC method.


UV-Method

The identification by UV is determined in the Assay method using a HPLC equipped with a Diode Array Detector (DAD).


The requirements are met if the uv spectra of the sample solution corresponds to that of the standard solution.


Related Compounds—HPLC Determination

The related compounds Impurity C/epitestosterone and Impurity I/A-6-testosterone in the finished product are analysed by HPLC, as well as the unknown impurities.


Summary of Chromatographic Conditions for Related Compounds Method













Mobile Phase


Mobile Phase A: Acetonitrile:Water; 10:90


Mobile Phase B: Acetonitrile:Water; 90:10


Filter and de-aerate each mobile phase


Gradient Program










Mobile
Mobile


Time
Phase A
Phase B





0
70
30


13
70
30


21
0
100


24.99
0
100


25
70
30


30
70
30








Column
Type: Hypersil BDS C18



Dimensions: 250 cm x 4.0 mm



Particle Size: 5 μm


Flow rate
1.0 mL/min


Column Temp
40° C.


Detector
240 nm & 290 nm


Injection Volume
15 μL


Run Time
30 minutes












Retention Time
Related
Typical


(RT)
Compound
RT














1.
Impurity I
11.3 min.



2.
Testosterone
14.1 min 



3.
Impurity C
18.3 min.











Standard and
Standard contains 2.5 μg/mL of testosterone


Sample
and 0.50 μg/mL of Impurity I.


Concentrations
Sample contains of 1.0 mg/mL of testosterone.









Summary of the Assay
Summary of Chromatographic Conditions for Related Compounds Method

















Mobile Phase
Mobile Phase: Methanol:Water; 60:40



Column
Type: Thermo ODS Hypersil




Dimensions: 100 cm x 4.6 mm




Particle Size: 5 μm



Flow rate
1.0 mL/min



Column Temp
40° C.



Detector
245 nm



Injection Volume
4 μL



Run Time
14 minutes











Retention Time
Testosterone
Typical RT



(RT)

5.0 min.










Standard and
Standard contains 300 μg/mL of testosterone



Sample
Sample contains of 300 μg/mL of testosterone.











Concentrations












The measurement of the viscosity of TBS-1/TBS-1A is performed using a rotational viscosimeter


The results are the mean of all sample viscosities.


Delivered Dose Uniformity (Ph Eur. 2.9.40)

This method describes the procedure for determining the delivered dose uniformity of the finished product. Delivered dose uniformity is performed per Ph. Eur. 2.9.40.


Microbial Limits (USP <61> and Ph. Eur. 2.6.12 and 2.6.13)


Microbial Limits testing is performed per USP <61> and Ph. Eur 2.6.12 and 2.6.13


Batch Analysis (TBS-1, Gel)

One preliminary batch (Batch No. 100304), four pilot scale batches (Batch No. ED 187, ED 188, ED 189 and ED 014) and three commercial scale (Batch 9256, 0823 and 0743) batches of TBS-1 have been produced. A description of the TBS-1 batches is presented in Table 2.1.P.5.4-1 and Table 2.1.P.5.4-2.









TABLE 2.1.P.5.4-1





Description of TBS-1 Batches




















Formulation
2A
2A
2A
2A
2B


Batch No.
100304
ED 187
ED 188
ED 189
EI 014


Batch Size
500 g
45 kg
45 kg
68 kg
72 kg


Date of
March
May
May
May
September


Manufacture
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004


Equipment
Labor-
Com-
Com-
Com-
Com-



atory
mercial
mercial
mercial
mercial



scale
process
process
process
process


Filling

350 mg
350 mg
350 mg
230 mg


Quantity per







Container
















TABLE 2.1.P.5.4-2





Description of TBS-1 Batches





















text missing or illegible when filed


text missing or illegible when filed


text missing or illegible when filed


text missing or illegible when filed









text missing or illegible when filed indicates data missing or illegible when filed







Batch 0823, bulk 4.0% testosterone gel, was released and filled into the unit dose syringe (Batch 0942). Release data on the bulk gel is presented in Table 2.1.P.5.4-3 and on the finished product, Batches 0942, in Table 2.1.P.5.4-4









TABLE 2.1.P.5.4-3







Batch Analysis—Batch 0823 Bulk Gel











Results


Test Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Batch 0823





Appearance
Clear, slightly yellowish gel
Complies


Identification A
Retention time and spectrum
Complies



corresponds to standard
5.0 min


Identification B
UV spectrum matches
Complies



reference spectrum



Assay
95.0-105.0%
 100% 










Related Compounds
Imp I/TBS-1 RC4
≤0.2%
0.3%



Imp C/TBS-1 RC5
≤0.5%
<0.05%   



Each individual
≤0.2%




unknown impurity

0.0%



Total impurities
≤1.0%
0.3%









Viscosity
Report result
5.086 mPas/30 s
















TABLE 2.1.P.5.4-4







Batch Analysis—Batches 0942 Finished Product











Test

Batch



Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
0942







Appearance
slightly yellow gel (syringe)
Complies



Identification
Retention time and spectrum
Complies



A
corresponds to standard
5.0 min



Identification
UV spectrum matches
Complies



B
reference spectrum




Assay
95.0- 105.0%
 100% 












Related
Imp I/TBS-1 RC4
≤0.2%
0.3%



Compounds
Imp C/TBS-1 RC5
≤0.5%
<0.05%   




Each individual
≤0.2%
<0.05%   




unknown impurity






Total impurities
≤1.0%
0.3%











Uniformity of
Ph Eur. 2.9.40
n.p.



Dosage Units














Microbial
TAMC
<102 cfu/g
Complies




TYMC
<10 cfu/g
Complies



Limits

P.
Aeruginosa

0/g
Complies





S.
Aureus

0/g
Complies







n.p.: not performed






Note: Delivered dose uniformity is added as a test parameter after batch 0942 is release


Characterization of Impurities (TBS-1, Gel)

Per the Testosterone CoA, there are five potential, identified impurities that might be present in testosterone drug substance for TBS-1: androstenedione (Ph. Eur. impurity A), androstenedione methyl enol ether (Ph. Eur. impurity J), delta-4-androstenediol (Ph. Eur. impurity D), delta-6-testosterone (Ph. Eur. impurity I) and epitestosterone (Ph. Eur. impurity C, main impurity).


It is believed that the impurities from the synthesis pathway of testosterone; their amount should not change during storage in the finished product.


During the initial product development, impurities A, D, I and C are assayed. Impurity A, androstenedione, and impurity D, delta-4-androstenediol, have been dropped from batch release testing as they are the starting material and a derivative of a starting material respectively and remain stable over a 30-month time period and following stress studies (photostability and temperature cycling). Impurity J, androstenedione methylenolether a derivative of the starting material androstenedione, is not tested for in the final drug product, rather, it is included with the “non-specified” impurities in the drug product.


Degradation products or impurities from the manufacturing process are specified as “unidentified impurities” and are limited to NMT 0.2% in the finished product.


Appearance

Acceptance criteria: Slightly yellow gel


Identification

Adequate identification of the active ingredient in the finished product is performed at release and shelf life by its HPLC retention time and at release by UV.


Related Compounds


















Acceptance criteria:
Epitestosterone (Impurity C)
≤0.5%




Δ-6-testosterone (Impurity I)
≤0.2%




Single impurity
≤0.2%




Total impurities
≤1.0%










Rationale:

The maximum daily dose of testosterone is 33 mg.


Asper ICH Q3B(R), the Following Thresholds are Applicable:

Reporting Threshold is 0.1%


Identification Threshold is 0.2%, which is lower than 2 mg daily intake calculated based on the maximum daily dose of 33 mg of testosterone.


Qualification Threshold is 0.5%, which is lower than 200 μg daily intake calculated based on the maximum daily dose of 33 mg of testosterone.


The limit for Impurity I (TBS-1 RC4) is 0.2% and is tighter than the ICH Q3B qualification threshold. The limit for Impurity C (TBS-1 RC5) is 0.5% which is lower than the 200 μg daily intake.


Assay

Acceptance criteria: 95.0-105.0%


The purpose of this assay is to establish the identity and to determine the testosterone content per gram based on the intended dose per application.


The range for the assay (±5% of label claim) at release.


Uniformity of Dose

Acceptance criteria: as per Ph. Eur. 2.9.40


Microbial Limits

Acceptance criteria: as per Ph. Eur./USP


The microbiological testing and acceptance criteria was established for total yeasts and molds, total aerobic microbial count, Straphylococcus aerus and Pseudomonas aeruginosa based on ICH and Ph. Eur. recommendation 5.1.4/2.6.12., 2.6.13


Reference Standards or Materials (TBS-1, Gel)

For testing of the drug product the applicant in general uses/used USP or Ph. Eur. reference standards. In the case there is/was no official standard available the corresponding compound is/was provided by the manufacturer or by specialized laboratories.


Table 2.1.P.6.1 lists the reference standards used.









TABLE 2.1.P.6-1







Reference Standards











Ph. Eur.




Compound
Name
Batch No.
Supplier





Androstenedione
Impurity A
116 H 0463
Sigma-Aldrich





Chemie





GmbH, Schnelldorf,





Germany


Epitestosterone
Impurity C
100 H 4022
Sigma-Aldrich





Chemie


Δ-4-Androstenediol
Impurity D
02-01834-580
ChromaDex





Inc., USA


Δ-6-Testosterone
Impurity I
C 241
Steraloids Inc., USA


Testosterone USP
Testosterone
I
Promochem GmbH,


Testosterone USP
Testosterone
I 1 B 253
Wesel, Germany


Testosterone USP
Testosterone
I 1 B 253









Container Closure System (TBS-1, Gel)

The primary packaging for the clinical supplies will be unit-dose syringes.


Unit Dose Syringes

The unit dose syringes consist of a syringe closed with a syringe cap. The secondary packaging for these syringes is made up of an aluminium foil pouch appropriately labelled.


Syringe and Syringe Cap

The syringe consists of two components, the syringe body and the plunger. The body is moulded from polypropylene. The plunger is moulded from polyethylene.


The syringe cap is made from HDPE.


Aluminum Pouch

For a further element of protection, two syringes are contained in secondary packaging consisting of an aluminium foil pouch. Two syringes are packaged in the aluminium foil pouch and each pouch is sealed.


The pouch consists of a flexible, 3-layered-foil-laminate of a) polyester 12 micron, b) aluminum 12 micron and c) a polyethylene 75 micron. It is manufactured by Floeter Flexibles GmbH, and supplied under the name “CLIMAPAC II 12-12-75”.


Stability (TBS-1, Gel)

Stability studies on TBS-i batches are performed.









TABLE 2.1.P.8.1-1







Stability Studies Conducted in Support of TBS-1













Container
Drug

Stability



Study
Closure
Product
Storage
Data
Study


Type
System
Batch No.
Conditions
available
End





ICH
White
ED 187C
25° C./60%
12
Study



LDPE unit

RH
months
completed



dose
ED 188 
40° C./75%
6




container;


months




sterile
ED 189 
RH





air in






ICH
pressure
EI 014 
25°C/60%
36
Study



cushion;

RH
months
completed



aluminum


plus a




pouch


42 month




secondary


analysis



ICH
package
ED 187B
9 hours
Full
Study


Photo-
(no

≥200
exposure
completed


stability
nitrogen)

Wh/m2







(300-400







nm)







22 hours







1.2 Mill.







Lxh. (400-







800 nm)




Thermal

ED 188 
12 hr −20° C.
4 weeks
Study


Cycling


cycle to

completed





12 hr







+40° C.




ICH
Syringe with
Pilot Scale
25° C./60%
6
Study



Syringe Cap
(non GMP)
RH
months
completed




4.0 mg
40° C./75%






5.5 mg
RH






7.0 mg





ICH
Stainless
9256
Ambient
6
Completed



Steel Drum

temperature
months




under







Nitrogen






ICH
Syringe with
Bulk 9256
25° C./60%
6
Completed



Syringe Cap
9445-4.0
RH
months





mg
40° C./75%






9246-5.5
RH






mg







9247-7.0







mg





ICH
Stainless
0743
25° C./60%
Initial
Ongoing



Steel Drum
0823
RH





under

40° C./75%





Nitrogen

RH




ICH
Syringe with
0943
25° C./60%
initial
Ongoing



Syringe Cap

RH







40° C./75%







RH









Overall, stability data provided in this section are concluded to support a 24 month “use by” period for TBS-1 stored at controlled room temperature conditions [i.e., 25° C. (77° F.); excursions 15-30° C. (59-86° F.)]. The data also show that special storage conditions for the drug product are not required. The packaging configuration is adequate to protect the drug product from light and the drug product does not degrade or change physically following exposure to temperature cycling stress.


The clinical supplies are applied a 1 year re-test period, when stored at controlled room temperature conditions [i.e., 25° C. (77° F.); excursions 15-30° C. (59-86° F.)], to reflect the duration of the trial and the data available.


Stability Data [TBS-1, Gel]

In this section, stability data tables for a commercial size bulk Batch 9256, 0743 and 0823 and finish product lots 9445, 9446, 9447 and 0943 are provided.


A 6 month real time stability program is conducted on the commercial scale bulk (Batch 9256). A 36 month real time and a 6 month accelerated stability program is ongoing on three different doses of Batch 9256 packaged in 1 ml syringes: Batch 9445 4.0 mg (3.2% gel), Batch 9446 5.5 mg (3.2% gel), Batch 9447 7.0 mg (3.2% gel).


A 6 month real time stability program is underway on the 4.5% gel and the 4.0% gel. A 36 month real time and a 6 month accelerated stability program is underway on Batch 0943 (bulk Batch 0743 filled in 1 ml syringes).









TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-1







Stability Schedule for Commerical Scale Bulk TBS-1


Gel and Finished Product Filled in 1 ml Syringes









Storage Conditions

Completed Test Intervals


(° C., % RH)
Product
(Outstanding Test Intervals)





Ambient temperature
9256
0 m, 3 m, 6 m


25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5%
9445
0 m, 6 m 12 m (24 m, 36 m)


40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5%
9445
0 m, 3 m, 6 m


25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5%
9446
0 m, 6 m, 9 m ( 18 m, 30 m,




36 m)


40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5%
9446
0 m, 3 m, 6 m


25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5%
9447
0 m, 6 m, 12 m (24 m, 36 m)


40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5%
9447
0 m, 3 m, 6 m


25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5%
0943
0 m, 3 m ( 9 m, 18 m, 30 m,




36 m)


40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5%
0943
0 m, 3 m (6 m)


Ambient temperature
0743
0 m, 3 m ( 6 m)


Ambient temperature
0823
0 m, 3 m ( 6 m)
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-2







Stability Data TBS-1 Batch 9256 (3.2% Bulk Gel) Manufactured


July 2009 Stored at Ambient Temperature











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies
Complies


Colour of
Colour ≤250
200
200
200


formulation






Viscosity
3,000-10,000 mPa x sec
5504
5325
5198


Density
0.97-1.01 g/cm3
0.99
0.99
0.99


Iodine value
FIPO
78.62
77.39
76.40


Acid value
FIPO (mg KOH/g)
1.98
2.00
2.16


Peroxide value
FIPO (meq O2/kg)
3.56
3.16
2.63


Identification
a. Retention time
Complies
Complies
Complies



corresponds to RS
Complies
Complies
Complies



b. UV spectrum






corresponds to RS





Impurities
Imp C ≤0.5%
0.166%
0.148%
0.189%



Imp I ≤0.1%
 <0.05%  
 <0.05%  
 <0.05%  



Each individual
0.064%
 0.05%
0.075%



unknown imp. ≤0.2%






Total imp. ≤1.0%
0.230%
0.198%
0.264%



Imp. D ≤0.2%
 <0.2%  
 <0.2%  
 <0.2%  


Assay
95.0-105.0%
 99.4%
 98.3%
100.4%


Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g


limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g




S.
aureus 0/g

Not detected/g
Not detected/g
Not detected/g




P.
aeruginosa 0/g

Not detected/g
Not detected/g
Not detected/g
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-3







Stability Data 4.0 mg TBS-1 Batch 9445 (3.2% gel) 1 ml Syringe


(25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5% RH, horizontal)











Test
Acceptance





Parameter
Criteria
Time 0
6 months
12 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow
Complies
Complies
Complies



gel





Colour of
Colour ≤250
200
200
150


formulation






Dissolution
≥80% within
87.8% within
93.1%
79.6%



120 min
120 minutes
within 120
within 120





minutes
minutes


Impurities
Imp C ≤0.5%
0.127% 
0.096% 
0.155% 



Imp I ≤0.1%
<0.05%  
<0.05%  
<0.05%  



Each individual
<0.05%  
<0.05%  
RT 0.379:



unknown


0.108% 



imp. ≤0.2%


RT 0.867:






0.062% 



Total imp. ≤1.0%
0.127% 
0.096% 
0.325% 



Imp. D ≤0.2%
 <0.2%  
 <0.2%  
 <0.2%  


Assay
95.0-105.0%
99.3%
99.6%
96.7%


Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g




limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g






S.
aureus 0/g

Not detected/g






P.
aeruginosa 0/g

Not detected/g


















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-4







Stability Data 4.0 mg TBS-1 Batch 9445 (3.2% gel) 1 ml Syringe,


(40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5% RH, horizontal)











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies



Colour of
Colour ≤250
200
200



formulation






Dissolution
≥80% within
87.8% within
87.3% within




120 min
120 minutes
120 minutes



Impurities
Imp C ≤0.5%
0.127%
0.128%




Imp I ≤0.1%
<0.05%
<0.05%




Each individual
<0.05%
Rel RT 0.38:




unknown

0.177%




imp. ≤0.2%

Rel RT 2.93:






0.066%




Total imp. ≤1.0%
0.127%
0.371%




Imp. D ≤0.2%
 <0.2%
 <0.2%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
 99.3%
 99.3%



Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g



limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g





S. aureus 0/g

Not
Not





detected/g
detected/g





P. aeruginosa 0/g

Not
Not





detected/g
detected/g
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-5







Stability Data 5.5 mg TBS-1 Batch 9446 (3.2% gel) 1 ml Syringe


(25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5% RH, horizontal)












Test
Acceptance



12


Parameter
Criteria
Time 0
3 months
9 months
months





Appearance
Slightly yellow
Complies
Complies
Complies




gel






Colour of
Colour ≤250
200
200
200



formulation







Dissolution
≥80% within
 86.8%
 83.6%
 84.1%




120 min
within 120
within 120
within 120





minutes
minutes
minutes



Impurities
Imp C ≤0.5%
0.125%
0.126%
0.105%




Imp I ≤0.1%
<0.05%
<0.05%
<0.05%




Each individual
<0.05%
<0.05%
<0.05%




unknown imp.







≤0.2%







Total imp.
0.125%
0.126%
0.105%




≤1.0%







Imp. D ≤0.2%
 <0.2%
 <0.2%
 <0.2%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
 99.1%
 99.4%
 98.3%



Microbial
TAMC
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g




limits
<102 cfu/g







TYMC
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g





<10 cfu/g








S. aureus 0/g

Not
Not






detected/g
detected/g






P. aeruginosa

Not
Not





0/g
detected/g
detected/g
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-6







Stability Data 5.5 mg TBS-1 Batch 9446 (3.2% gel) 1 ml Syringe


(40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5% RH, horizontal)











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies



Colour of
Colour ≤250
200
200



formulation






Dissolution
≥80% within
86.8% within
86.8% within




120 min
120 minutes
120 minutes



Impurities
Imp C ≤0.5%
0.125%
0.127%




Imp I ≤0.1%
<0.05%
<0.05%




Each individual
<0.05%
Rel RT 0.38:




unknown

0.102%




imp. ≤0.2%

Rel RT 3.01:






0.070




Total imp. ≤1.0%
0.125%
0.299%




Imp. D ≤0.2%
 <0.2%
 <0.2%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
 99.1%
 97.9%



Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g



limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g





S. aureus 0/g

Not
Not





detected/g
detected/g





P. aeruginosa 0/g

Not
Not





detected/g
detected/g
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-7







Stability Data 7.0 mg TBS-1 Batch 9447 (3.2% gel) 1 ml Syringe


(25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5% RH, horizontal)











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
6 months
12 months














Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies
Complies


Colour of
Colour ≤250
200
200
150


formulation






Dissolution
≥80% within
 83.5%
 90.9%
 80.0%



120 min
within 120
within 120
within 120




minutes
minutes
minutes


Impurities
Imp C ≤0.5%
0.132%
0.092%
0.153%



Imp I ≤0.1%
<0.05%
<0.05%
<0.05%



Each individual
<0.05%
<0.05%
RT 0.379:



unknown


0.083%



imp. ≤0.2%


RT 0.867:






0.053%



Total imp. ≤1.0%
0.132%
0.092%
0.289%



Imp. D ≤0.2%
 <0.2%
 <0.2%
 <0.2%


Assay
95.0-105.0%
 98.7%
 99.3%
 96.9%


Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g


limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g




S. aureus 0/g

Not
Not
Not




detected/g
detected/g
detected/g




P. aeruginosa 0/g

Not
Not
Not




detected/g
detected/g
detected/g
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-8







Stability Data 7.0 mg TBS-1 Batch 9447 (3.2% gel) 1 ml Syringe


(40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5% RH., horizontal)











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies



Colour of
Colour ≤250
200
200



formulation






Dissolution
≥80% within
83.5% within
85.4% within




120 min
120 minutes
120 minutes



Impurities
Imp C ≤0.5%
0.132%
0.132%




Imp I ≤0.1%
<0.05%
<0.05%




Each individual
<0.05%
Rel RT 0.37:




unknown

0.074%




imp. ≤0.2%

Rel RT 3.13:






0.069




Total imp. ≤1.0%
0.132%
0.275%




Imp. D ≤0.2%
 <0.2%
 <0.2%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
 98.7%
 99.1%



Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g



limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g
<10 cfu/g





S. aureus 0/g

Not
Not





detected/g
detected/g





P. aeruginosa 0/g

Not
Not





detected/g
detected/g
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-9







Stability Data 5.6 mg TBS-1 Batch 0943 (4.5% gel) 1 ml Syringe


(25 ± 2° C., 60 ± 5% RH, horizontal)











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies



Colour of
Colour ≤250
Complies
Complies



formulation






Related
TBS-1 RC 5 (Imp C)
  0.34%
  0.33%



Compounds
≤0.5%






TBS-1 RC 4( Imp I)
<0.05%
<0.05%




≤0.1%






Each individual
<0.05%
RRT 0.32:




unknown

  0.06%




imp. ≤0.2%

RRT 0.80:






  0.05%




Total imp. ≤1.0%
   0.3%
   0.4%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
   101%
   99%



Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
Complies




limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
Complies






S. aureus 0/g

Complies






P. aeruginosa 0/g

Complies

















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-10







Stability Data 5.6 mg TBS-1 Batch 0943 (4.5% gel) 1 ml Syringe


(40 ± 2° C., 75 ± 5% RH, horizontal)











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies



Colour of
Colour ≤250
Complies
Complies



formulation






Related
TBS-1 RC 5 (Imp C)
   0.3%
   0.3%




≤0.5%





Compounds
TBS-1 RC 4( Imp I)
<0.05%
<0.05%




≤0.1%






Each individual
<0.05%
Rel RT 0.32:




unknown

0.09




imp. ≤0.2%






Total imp. ≤1.0%
   0.4%
   0.5%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
   101%
    97%



Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
Complies




limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
Complies






S. aureus 0/g

Complies






P. aeruginosa 0/g

Complies

















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-11







Stability Data TBS-1 Batch 0743 (4.5% gel) Bulk Stored at


Ambient Temperature











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months














Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies



Colour of
Colour ≤250
Complies
Complies



formulation






Related
TBS-1 RC 5 (Imp C)
   0.3%
 0.3%



Compounds
≤0.5%






TBS-1 RC 4( Imp I)
<0.05%
<0.05%  




≤0.1%






Each individual
<0.05%
Rel RT 0.32:




unknown imp. ≤0.2%

0.06%




Total imp. ≤1.0%
   0.3%
0.44%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
   100%
  99%



Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
Complies
Complies



limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
Complies
Complies





S. aureus 0/g

Complies
Complies





P. aeruginosa 0/g

Complies
Complies
















TABLE 2.1.P.8.3-12







Stability Data TBS-1 Batch 0823 (4.0% gel) Bulk Stored at


Ambient Temperature











Test






Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
Time 0
3 months
6 months





Appearance
Slightly yellow gel
Complies
Complies



Colour of
Colour ≤250
Complies
Compies



formulation






Related
TBS-1 RC 5 (Imp C)
  0.34%
  0.33%



Compounds
≤0.5%






TBS-1 RC 4( Imp I)
<0.05%
<0.05%




≤0.1%






Each individual
<0.05%
Rel RT 0.32:




unknown

  0.05%




imp. ≤0.2%

Rel RT 0.80:






  0.05%




Total imp. ≤1.0%
  0.39%
  0.43%



Assay
95.0-105.0%
   100%
  99%



Microbial
TAMC <102 cfu/g
Complies




limits
TYMC <10 cfu/g
Complies






S. aureus 0/g

Complies






P. aeruginosa 0/g

Complies










Medicinal Product (TBS-1A, Ge)

TBS-1A gel is a viscous and thixotropic, oil-based formulation containing solubilized testosterone intended for intranasal application. The drug product is formulated with castor oil, dimethyl isosorbide, diethyleneglycol ethyl ether, colloidal silicon dioxide, povidone, copovidone, hydroxypropyl cellulose.


Two different doses of TBS-1A gel will be administered in this clinical trial: 4% w/w and 8% w/w. An overage is added to each syringe to account for the gel that is retained in the syringe after dosing. This overage remains constant at 23 μl regardless of the volume of gel in the syringe.


Composition

The compositions of the drug product to be administered in this clinical trial are provided in Table 2.1.P.1-1-2.1.P.1.1-3.









TABLE 2.1.P.1-1







Components, Quantity, Quality Standards and Function,


4.0% TBS-1A














Quantity
Quantity






per
Delivered





Amount
Syringe
per

Quality


Component
(% w/w)
(mg)
Dose (mg)
Function
Standard















Testosterone
4.0
5.92
5.00
Active
USP






ingredient



Castor oil
50.5
74.74
63.12
Solvent
Ph. Eur/







USP


Diethyl
25.0
37.00
31.25
Solvent
In-house


isosorbide




testing


Diethylene
10.0
14.80
12.50
Solvent
Ph. Eur.


glycol







monoethyl ether







Colloidal
5.0
7.40
6.25
Viscosity
NF


silicon dioxide



agent



Povidone
3.0
4.44
3.75
Binding
Ph. Eur/






agent
USP


Copovidone
2.0
2.96
2.50
Binding
Ph. Eur/






agent
USP


Hydroxypropyl
0.5
0.74
0.62
Viscosity
Ph. Eur/


cellulose



agent
USP
















TABLE 2.1.P.1-2







Components, Quantity, Quality Standards and Function,


4.0% TBS-1A (Alternative)














Quantity
Quantity






per
Delivered





Amount
Syringe
per

Quality


Component
(% w/w)
(mg)
Dose (mg)
Function
Standard















Testosterone
4.0
5.92
5.00
Active
USP






ingredient



Castor oil
65.5
96.94
81.87
Solvent
Ph. Eur/







USP


Diethyl
15.0
22.2
18.75
Solvent
In-house


isosorbide




testing


Diethylene
5.0
7.40
6.25
Solvent
Ph. Eur.


glycol







monoethyl ether







Colloidal
5.0
7.40
6.25
Viscosity
NF


silicon dioxide



agent



Povidone
3.0
4.44
3.75
Binding
Ph. Eur/






agent
USP


Copovidone
2.0
2.96
2.50
Binding
Ph. Eur/






agent
USP


Hydroxypropyl
0.5
0.74
0.62
Viscosity
Ph. Eur/


cellulose



agent
USP
















TABLE 2.1.P.1-3







Components, Quantity, Quality Standards and Function,


8.0% TBS-1A














Quantity
Quantity






per
Delivered





Amount
Syringe
per

Quality


Component
(% w/w)
(mg)
Dose (mg)
Function
Standard















Testosterone
8.0
11.84
10.00
Active
USP






ingredient



Castor oil
46.5
68.82
58.12
Solvent
Ph. Eur/







USP


Diethyl isosorbide
25.0
37.00
31.25
Solvent
In-house







testing


Diethylene glycol
10.0
14.80
12.50
Solvent
Ph. Eur.


monoethyl ether







Colloidal silicon
5.0
7.40
6.25
Viscosity
NF


dioxide



agent



Povidone
3.0
4.44
3.75
Binding
Ph. Eur/






agent
USP


Copovidone
2.0
2.96
2.50
Binding
Ph. Eur/






agent
USP


Hydroxypropyl
0.5
0.74
0.62
Viscosity
Ph. Eur/


cellulose



agent
USP









Container

TBS-1A gel is supplied in unit-dose polypropylene syringes. Two syringes of each dosage are packaged in a protective aluminium foil pouch.


Medicinal Product (TBS-1A, Gel)
Manufacturing Process Development (TBS-1A, Gel)

One batch of 4% TBS-1A (Batch No. IMP 11001), 4% (alternative) TBS-1A (Batch No. IMP 11002) and 8% TBS-1A (Batch No. IMP 11003) have been manufactured.


Overall, the manufacturing process is straight forward and is not complicated. The individual components are mixed and then filled into syringes for clinical materials for this clinical trial.


Batch Formula (TBS-1A, Gel)

One batch of the bulk finished product, 4%, 4% (alternative) and 8% TBS-1A, is manufactured for the proposed clinical trial. The batch formula for is presented in Table 2.1.P.3.2-1.









TABLE 2.1.P.3.2-1







Batch Formula for 4% and 8% TBS-1A at the 1,500 g Batch Size


and 4.% TBS-1A (alternative) at the 1,000 g Batch Size









Quantity per Batch (g)












4% TBS-1A



Components
4% TBS-1A
(alternative)
8% TBS-1A













Testosterone
60.0
40.0
120.0


Castor oil
757.5
655.0
697.5


Diethyl isosorbide
375.0
150.0
375.0


Diethylene glycol
150.0
50.0
150.0


monoethyl ether





Colloidal silicon dioxide
75.0
50.0
75.0


Povidone
45.0
30.0
45.0


Copovidone
30.0
20.0
30.0


Hydroxypropyl cellulose
7.5
5.0
7.5


Total
1,500 g
1,000 g
1,500 g









Description of Manufacturing Process and Process Controls (TBS-1A, Gel)

The clinical trial material is manufactured according to the following process as shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B.


Description of Manufacturing Process
Mixing of the Ingredients—Bulk Gel

The Pre-Mix Stage 1 is prepared by mixing dimethyl isosorbide and diethylene glycol ethyl ether with a propeller mixer.


Pre-Mix Stage II is prepared by adding the povidone and copovidone to Pre-Mix I until fully dissolved. The product temperature is maintained below 50° C. for the entire mixing process.


Pre-Mix Stage III is prepared by slowly adding hydroxypropyl cellulose to a cooled (30-35° C.) Pre-Mix II. Mix until the solution is completely clear and maintain temperature between 40-50° C.


Once Pre-Mix Stage III is clear, adjust the settings on the propeller mixer and add the testosterone micronized powder. Mix until all the testosterone is dissolved and maintain the temperature at 40-50° C. This is identified as the Active Mixture.


Add the castor oil into a suitable size stainless steel vessel and heat to 40-50° C. Place the propeller mixer into the castor oil and slowly add the Active Mixture. Mix until a clear solution is formed. Cool the Active Mixture to 40° C. and slowly add colloidal silicon dioxide. Mix until completely dissolved and the solution is free of entrapped air and cool the mixture to 30° C. The Bulk Gel is then discharged into stainless steel drums and the bulk gel sample is taken for analytical analysis.


Filling and Packaging—Clinical Supplies

After release of the Bulk Gel by the control laboratory, the filling and packaging process is carried out by filling a pre-determined volume into the syringe followed by the application of the syringe cap. Two syringes are packaged into a foil pouch.


The syringes are filled using a pipette with the gel taken from a sterile holding tank. The tip of the pipette is discarded after the syringe is filled and the syringe cap is applied. Each syringe is individually labelled.


Following the application of the label, two syringes are packaged in a pre-formed foil pouch and the pouch is sealed. Each pouch is labelled.


Control of Excipients (TBS-1A, Gel)

All excipients in the TBS-1A gel are compendial excipients with the exception of dimethyl isosorbide, manufactured by Croda USA. All compendial excipients are tested according to the corresponding Ph. Eur./USP monograph.









TABLE 2.1.P.4.1-1







Exipients and Specifications










Excipient
Specification







Testosterone
USP



Castor oil
Ph. Eur./USP



Dimethyl isosorbide
Tested to in house




specifications



Diethyleneglycol monoethyl
Ph. Eur.



ether




Colloidal silicon dioxide
NF



Povidone
Ph. Eur./USP



Copovidone
Ph. Eur./USP



Hydroxypropyl cellulose
Ph. Eur./USP










Dimethyl Isosorbide

Dimethyl isosorbide is common in other pharmaceuticals. Trimel BioPharma conducts the following release test on dimethyl isosorbide per the manufacture's, Croda USA, analytical methods. Data is compared to manufacturer's Certificate of Analysis.









TABLE 2.1.P.4.1-2







Specifications for Dimethyl Isosorbide









Test Parameter
Method
Specification





Appearance
Visual
Clear liquid


Colour
APHA
NMT 60


Refractive Index
USP<834>/EP 2.2.24
Between 1.460 and




1.470 at 25°


pH
USP
Between 5.0 and 7.5


Peroxide Value
USP<401>/EP 2.5.5
NMT 5.0


Water
USP<921> Method I/
NMT 0.2%



EP 2.5.12



Residue on Ingition/
USP<281>/EP 2.4.14
NMT 0.1%


Sulphated Ash




Total Aldehydes
FU450900
NMT 20 ppm


Residual Sodium
LU151600
NMT 5 ppm


Residual Potassium
LU151600
NMT 5 ppm


Heavy Metals
USP<231> Method I
NMT 10 ppm


Assay (Purity)
LU243000
98.0-100.0%


Formaldehyde
LU700220
NMT 10 ppm









None of the excipients in TBS-1A gel is of human or animal origin.


Batch Analysis (TBS-1, Gel)

One batch of 4% TBS-1A (Batch No. IMP 11001), 4% TBS-1A (alternative) (Batch No. IMP 11002) and 8% TBS-1A (Batch No. IMP 11003) have been manufactured. A description of the TBS-1A batches are presented in Table 2.1.P.5.4-1.









TABLE 2.1.P.5.4-1







Description of TBS-1A Batches












4% TBS-1A



Formulation
4% TBS-1A
(alternative)
8% TBS-1A





Batch no.
IMP 11001
IMP 11002
IMP 11003


Batch size
1,500 g
1,000 g
1,500 g


Date of manufacture
March 2011
March 2011
March 2011


Equipment
Laboratory scale
Laboratory
Laboratory




scale
scale


Filling quantity per
148 μl
148 μl
148 μl


syringe









Release data on the bulk gel is presented in Table 2.1.P.5.4-2.









TABLE 2.1.P.5.4-2







Batch Analysis-Batches 11001, 11002, 11003











Test Parameter
Acceptance Criteria
11001
11002
11003





Appearance
Clear, slightly yellowish gel
Complies
Complies
Complies


Identification A
Retention time and spectrum
Complies
Complies
Complies



corresponds to standard





Identification B
UV spectrum matches reference
Complies
Complies
Complies



spectrum





Assay
95.0-105.0%
99.0%
98.3%
99.8%


Related Compounds
TBS-1 RC4 ≤0.2%
BRT
BRT
BRT



TBS-1 RC5 ≤0.5%
0.24%
0.24%
0.24%



Each individual unknown






impurity ≤0.2%
BRT
BRT
BRT



Total impurities ≤1.0%
0.2
0.2
0.2


Viscosity
Report result
1100
2260
1540





BRT-below reporting threshold 0.1%






Stability (TBS-1A, Ged)

The applicant commits to perform a 6 month stability study on the bulk TBS-1A at real time and accelerated conditions. The bulk gel will be stored at Trimel BioPharma in glass bottles. The stability study protocol is presented in Table 2.1.P.8.1-1 and the test parameters and the acceptance criteria for the bulk stability program are presented in Table 2.1.P.8.1-2.









TABLE 2.1.P.8.1-1







Stability Study Protocol for 4% and 8% TBS-1A Bulk










Storage Time Interval (Months)















Storage Condition
0
1
2
3
6
9
12





Initial
W








25° C./60% RH

x
x
x
x
X
x


40° C./75% RH

x
x
x
x





W = tests are performed or initial release data may be used, & identity


X = Appearance, viscosity, related compounds, assay and microbial limits













TABLE 2.1.P.8.1-2







Stability Study Test Parameters of TBS-1A Bulk Gel and


Corresponding Acceptance Criteria









Test Parameter
Method/Reference
Acceptance Criteria





Appearance
Visually
Slightly yellowish gel


Identification A
STM.TBS1.001
Retention time and spectrum




corresponds to standard


Identification B
STM.TBS1.001
UV spectrum matches




reference spectrum


Assay
STM.TBS1.001
95.0-105.0%


Related
STM.TBS1.002
TBS-1 RC4 ≤0.2%


Compounds

TBS-1 RC5 ≤0.5%




Each individual unknown




impurity ≤0.2%




Total impurities ≤1.0%


Viscosity
Rotational
Report results



viscosimeter




Ph. Eur. 2.2.10/




USP<911>









Stability Data [TBS-1A, Gel]

The applicant commits to provide stability data as it becomes available.


Non-Clinical Pharmacology, Pharmacokinetics and Toxicology

Pilot scale product of high dose testosterone intranasal gel (TBS-1), batches 100304 and EI 014, are used in the toxicology studies per Table 2.2.1-1.









TABLE 2.2.1-1







Summary of Test Materials used in Toxicity Studies











Species (strain)





Number of
Dose (mg/kg)
Lot


Type of Study
Animals
[duration]
Number





HET-CAM test
Hen eggs;
0.3 ml of TBS-1 or 0.3
100304



4 eggs/group
ml of Mygliol*





[30 sec]



Single Dose Local
Rat (Sprague
0.1 ml of TBS-1 (right
100304


Tolerance
Dawley);
nostril) or 0.1 ml of




3 males
Mygliol* (left nostril)





[single dose]




Rabbit (New
0.1 ml of TBS-1 (right
100304



Zealand White);
nostril) or 0.1 ml of




3 males
Mygliol* (left nostril)





[single dose]



Repeat Dose Local
Rat (Sprague
0.1 ml of TBS-1 (right
100304


Tolerance
Dawley);
nostril) or 0.1 ml of




3 males
Mygliol* (left nostril)





[14 days/daily]




Rabbit (New
0.1 ml of TBS-1 (right
100304



Zealand White); 3
nostril) or 0.1 ml of




males
Mygliol* (left nostril)





[14 days/daily]



Repeat Dose Toxicity
Rabbit (New
0.093 mg/kg
EI 014


Study
Zealand White)
0.280 mg/kg




5 males/group; 5
0.933 mg/kg




groups
Placebo gel





Control





[90 days, twice daily]









The impurities androstenedione, epitestosterone and A-6-testosterone in the finished product are analysed by HPLC, as well as the unknown impurities. Impurity A4-Androstenediol (Androst-4-ene-30,170-diol, Ph. Eur. Impurity D) is determined by GC/MS. Table 2.2.1-2 presents the impurities found in the test material used in the toxicology studies. The impurity profile was not determined in Batch 100304.









TABLE 2.2.1-2







Impurity Profile of Batch EI 014










Impurities
EI 014














Androstenedione ≤0.1
<0.05



Epitestosterone ≤0.5
0.208



Δ-6-testosterone ≤0.2
<0.05



Δ-4-androstenediol ≤0.2
<0.05



Single impurities ≤0.1
<0.05



Total impurities ≤1.0
<0.6










Integrated Assessment of the Data Package

For this section reference is made to the Investigator's Brochure, Version 5, August 2010.


List of Studies Conducted and References

The following non-clinical studies were performed by the sponsor. Details hereto and to studies published by other parties are provided in the Investigator's Brochure, Version 5, August 2010.














Study or Report




Number
Authors
Title of Report

















22712040417
Confarma
Three-month toxicity study in male rabbits



S.A.R.L.



208040401
Confarma
Local tolerance after a single-dose



S.A.R.L.
administration in rats and rabbits


208040402
Confarma
Local tolerance after a repeated-dose



S.A.R.L.
administration in rats and rabbits


208040403
Confarma
HET-CAM test



S.A.R.L.










Per a literature review of testosterone, numerous pharmacology, pharmacokinetics and toxicology studies have been performed on testosterone and summarized in the Investigator's Brochure, Version 1, August 2010.


GLP Statement and Bioanalytical Methods

All toxicology studies performed at Conforma are conducted in accordance to good laboratory practice. GLP statement(s) can be found in the Appendix. Bioanalytical methods to quantify testosterone, DHT and estradiol were validated.


REFERENCES



  • Study of HET-CAM of “Nasobol” (study report 208040403), 2004

  • Local tolerance, single application of “Nasobol” (study report 208040401) plus histopathology report (analysis number 208040401), 2004

  • Local tolerance, multiple application of “Nasobol” during 2 weeks (study report 208040402) plus histopathology report (analysis number 208040402), 2004

  • Repeat-dose toxicity study of “Nasobol” (study number 227120417), 2005



Clinical Pharmacokinetics

Open Label, Randomized, Balanced, Three Treatments, Parallel Design, Pharmacokinetic Study of Intranasal TBS-1 Administration to Hypogonadal Men Study (Phase II Protocol ID number: TBS-1-2010-01)


Study TBS-1-2010-01 examined the efficacy and tolerability of 4.0% and 4.5% TBS-1 in hypogonadal men. In this study, higher concentrations of TBS-1 in reduced volumes for equivalent doses to those studied in Nasobol-01-2009 are evaluated. The highest b.i.d. dose is similar to the highest dose in the Nasobol-01-2009 study, 27.0 mg and 28.0 mg respectively, but in a smaller volume. In addition, this study evaluated t.i.d. dosing as described below.


The doses and dosing regimens in study TBS-1-2010-01 are described below:

    • Treatment A: 10.0 mg TBS-1 (4.0%) t.i.d. at 2100, 0700 and 1300 hours; total daily dose 30.0 mg
    • Treatment B: 13.5 mg TBS-1 (4.5%) b.i.d. at 2100 and 0700 hours; total daily dose 27.0 mg
    • Treatment C: 11.25 mg TBS-1 (4.5%) t.i.d. at 2100, 0700 and 1300 hours; total daily dose 33.75 mg


The mean serum testosterone pharmacokinetic profile results are summarized in Table 2.3.1.1-1.









TABLE 2.3.1.1-1







Treatment Groups and Mean Serum Testosterone PK Parameters

















Daily

Mean



Cavg
Cavg
Cavg



Dose,

AUC 0-τ
Cavg
Cmax
Cmin
Below
Within
Above


Treatment
mg/Day
N
h*ng/dL
ng/dL
ng/dL
ng/dL
RR
RR
RR



















A
30
8
9920 ±
413 ±
830 ±
239 ±
1
7
0





3300
138
188
78
(12.5%)
(87.5%)
(0%)


B
27
7
10058 ±
419 ±
1050 ±
228 ±
0
7
0





3493
146
463
97
(0%)
(100%)
(0%)


C
33.75
7
9505 ±
396 ±
883 ±
222 ±
1
6
0





2650
110
346
57
(14.3%)
(85.7%)
(0%)









The results from all the treatment groups in study TBS-1-2010-01 met the criteria for efficacy global average total T concentration (Cavg) in the normal range, a 24 hour Cavg value ≥300ng/dL and ≤1050 ng/dL.


Efficacy and Tolerability of Nasobol, an Intranasal Testosterone Product for Testosterone Replacement Therapy in Hypogonadal Men (Phase II, Protocol ID Number: Nasobol-01-2009)

Study Nasobol-01-2009 examines the efficacy and tolerability of TBS-1 (3.2%), in hypogonadal men. Efficacy is determined by the testosterone pharmacokinetic profile. It is a 4-period cross over design in which all subjects receive each of the following doses of TBS-1 and an active control for 7 days:

    • 8.0 mg TBS-1 (3.2%) b.i.d. at 0700 and 2100 hours; total daily dose 16.0 mg
    • 11.0 mg TBS-1 (3.2%) b.i.d. at 0700 and 2100 hours; total daily dose 22.0 mg
    • 14.0 mg TBS-1 (3.2%) b.i.d. at 0700 and 2100 hours; total daily dose 28.0 mg
    • 5.0 mg Androderm® Patch at 2100 hours


In order to achieve the three different strengths of TBS-1, 3.2% TBS-1 gel is filled as 123.9 mg per nostril for the 8 mg dose, 170.1 mg per nostril for the 11 mg dose and 217 mg per nostril for the 14 mg dose. In this study, 52% of the subjects receiving 14.0 mg TBS-1 b.i.d. achieve a Cavg testosterone serum value within the reference range. The Cavg values following administration of 11.0 mg b.i.d. and 8.0 mg b.i.d. are within the reference range in 36.5% and 49.1% of the subjects respectively. The 14.0 mg and 11.0 mg doses successfully meet the testosterone global Cavg>300 ng/dL.


Multiple-Doses, One Period, Three Arms, Parallel-Group, Open, Randomised Dose Finding Study Conducted for TBS-1 Gel for Nasal Application Administered to Hypogonadal Men for 14 Consecutive Days (Phase I, Protocol ID Number: TST-DF-02-MA T/05)

The pharmacokinetic profile of testosterone (and DHT) is determined following intranasal administration of TBS-1 in three different dose schedules and to find out the optimum schedule for initial treatment. The study is designed as an open-label, 3-arms parallel group, multiple-dose pharmacokinetic study on 21 adult hypogonadal men.


The patients are treated according to the following dosing scheme:

    • Schedule A: 7.6 mg testosterone b.i.d. (8:00 h, 14:00 h)
    • Schedule B: 7.6 mg testosterone b.i.d. (8:00 h, 20:00 h)
    • Schedule C: 7.6 mg testosterone t.i.d. (8:00 h, 14:00 h, 20:00 h)


The trough concentration rose rapidly during the first two days from the initial low (almost castrate) testosterone levels to reach a new steady-state between 200 and 400 ng/dl. The mean of average steady-state concentrations remain within the physiological range in all 3 treatment groups, but only in Group C (t.i.d.) the 95% CI was also entirely within the physiological range. In all 3 groups, Cmax of individual patients (only one patient in each group) sometimes slightly exceeded the upper limit of the normal range, but this was short-lasting.


These results indicate that a b.i.d. regimen and an increased testosterone dose per administration are preferred to maintain the serum testosterone concentration over the full 24 h-period above the lower limit of the physiological range.


2.3.1.4 24-h Pharmacokinetics of Testosterone after Nasal Administration of Single Doses of 7.6 mg, 15.2 mg and 22.8 mg of Testosterone in Hypogonadal Men (Phase II, Protocol ID Number: TST-PKP-01-MAT/04)


The pharmacokinetic profile of testosterone (and DHT) was determined following intranasal administered of TBS-1 in 8 hypogonadal men. Each subject received TBS-1 at three different doses: 7.6, 15.2 and 22.8 mg of testosterone with a 7 day washout period in-between doses. The highest dose is investigated for safety reasons to determine whether supraphysiological concentrations of testosterone would be reached following this dose.


Testosterone is well absorbed after intranasal administration of different doses of TBS-1. The maximum serum concentration is reached approximately 1 to 2 hours after administration (which is significantly shorter than those periods known from transdermal administration, i.e. gel and patches) indicating a rapid absorption from the nasal cavity. Testosterone is cleared from serum with a half-life of approximately 10 hours. The concentration of DHT remains low over the observation period and the half-life ranged from 20-23 hours. FIG. 21 presents the mean concentration-time curves of testosterone and DHT after administration of the three different doses of TBS-1.


Human Exposure

Testosterone is indicated as a hormone replacement therapy for the treatment of hypogonadism in men. The currently available options for administration of testosterone are oral, buccal, injectable, implantable and transdermal. According to the HMA Homepage and different authority databases, the following testosterone-containing medicinal products are systemic therapy are currently approved in the EU:

    • Testopatch® (approved in 9 EU countries via MRP), Andropatch® (approved in the UK, 2002)
    • Transdermal gels, e.g. Androgel®, Testim®, Testogel® (approved in 15 EU countries via MRP)
    • Injectables, e.g. Nebido® (approved in 17 EU countries via MRP), Reandron® (approved in 8 EU countries via MRP with different product names).
    • Capsules, buccal tablets e.g. Andriol® (approved in DE 1979) Striant® (approved in approx 17 EU countries via MRP).


To date, over 100 men have been exposed TBS-1. No Serious Adverse Events are reported. None of the subjects are discontinued from the TBS-1 investigational medicinal product because of an AE. The reported adverse events are classified as mild or moderate in severity. Adverse events from each of the trials are summarized below.


Study Title: Open Label, Randomized, Balanced, Three Treatments, Parallel Design, Pharmacokinetic Study of Intranasal TBS-1 Administration to Hypogonadal Men Study (Phase II, Protocol ID Number: TBS-1-2010-01)

Twenty-two (22) hypogonadal men were exposed to TBS-1. All three dose levels are well tolerated by subjects. There are no deaths in the study and none of the subjects experienced any SAEs. Eight (8) adverse events are encountered in the present study. Two adverse events are classified as possibly related and six (6) as not related to the study drug. All events are of mild to moderate severity. None of the subjects are discontinued from the treatment because of an AE. The pharmacokinetic profile of DHT and Estradiol shows appropriate increases following TBS-1 administrations. The increases in serum DHT and Estradiol all remain well within the reference ranges for serum DHT and Estradiol respectively, and returned to basal levels after discontinuation of treatment. Physical and nasal examination, vital signs and clinical laboratory evaluation results do not reveal any additional clinically significant findings related to study treatment.


Study Title: Efficacy and Tolerability of Nasobol, an Intranasal Testosterone Product for Testosterone Replacement Therapy in Hypogonadal Men (Phase II Protocol ID Number: Nasobol-01-2009)

In this study (Nasobol-01-2009), fifty seven (57) hypogonadal men are exposed to testosterone intranasal gel. There are no deaths in the study, no serious AEs or discontinuations due to AEs in this study. The majority of reported AEs are mild in intensity. Most AEs are considered unrelated to study drug. A total of 56 AEs are reported; 46 are considered mild, 22 of which are related to the study drugs. Ten (10) AEs are considered moderate, only 2 of which are related to study treatments.


Study Title: Multiple-Doses, One Period, Three Arms, Parallel-Group, Open, Randomised Dose Finding Study Conducted for TBS-1Gel for Nasal Application Administered to Hypogonadal Men for 14 Consecutive Days (Phase II, Protocol ID Number: TST-DF-02-MAT/05)

Twenty-one (21) hypogonadal men are exposed to TBS-1. There are no deaths in the study and none of the subjects experienced any SAEs. Thirty-six (36) adverse events are encountered in the present study. All adverse events are classified as unlikely or not related to the study drug and were of mild to moderate severity. None of the subjects are discontinued from the treatment because of an AE. The pharmacokinetic profile of DHT show that the average steady-state concentration of DHT do not exceed the upper limit of the physiological range (85 ng/dl), indicating no safety concern due to increases in DHT levels.


Study Title: 24-h Pharmacokinetics of Testosterone after Nasal Administration of Single Doses of 7.6 mg, 15.2 mg and 22.8 mg of Testosterone in Hypogonadal Men (Phase II, Protocol ID Number: TST-PKP-01-MAT/04)


Eight (8) hypogondal men are exposed to single doses of TBS-1. There are no deaths in the study and none of the subjects experience any SAEs. Two adverse events in 1 patient (fever and nausea), not related to TBS-1 occurred (patient is excluded from the study before first administration). None of the AEs are considered study drug-related.


Example 8

Determination of In Vitro Release Rate of Testosterone from Testosterone Gel (0.15%, 0.6%, 4.0%, 4.5% W/W) Using Modified Franz Cell with Uplc Quantitative Method


1.0 Purpose

This analytical method will be used for determination of in vitro release rate of Testosterone from Testosterone Gel (0.15%, 0.6%, 4.0%, 4.5% w/w) as well as for comparison between products using release rate. Rate comparison study may be performed by following the procedure from Appendix I.


2.0 Safety Precautions

Related MSDS should be read. Proper personal protection should be worn and adequate ventilation should be maintained when handling the materials. Dispose all used materials as per relevant laboratory procedures.


3.0 Materials and Equipment
3.1 Equipment

FDC-6 Transdermal Diffusion Cell Drive Console, Logan Instruments Corp.


UPLC System with TUV or PDA Detector and Data Acquisition System

    • UPLC Column, Acquity BEH C18, 1.7 μm, 50 mm×2.1 mm column with VanGuard Pre-Column BEH C18, 1.7 μm, 5 mm×2.1 mm
    • Thermostat, VTC 200, FDC Heater
    • FDC-6 Magnetic Stirrer
    • Analytical balance, capable of accurately weighing 0.1 mg
    • Filter, 0.45 μm, 90 mm Nylon Membrane Filter
    • Durapore HVLP, 0.45 μm pore size, 25 mm in diameter, HVLP02500,
    • Millipore
    • Class A volumetric glassware


Micropipette

Other standard laboratory miscellaneous glassware and equipments


3.2 Materials





    • Testosterone reference standard, USP
      • Ethanol Anhydrous, HPLC grade or equivalent

    • Acetonitrile (ACN)
      • Purified water





4.0 Procedural Highlights
4.1 Franz Diffusion Cell System





    • Thickness of the Ring: 3.2 mm

    • Orifice Diameter of the Teflon Ring: 15 mm

    • Orifice Diameter of the Franz Cell: 15 mm

    • Surface Area: 1.7671 cm2

    • Diffusion Medium: Ethanol:Water=50:50 (refer to Section 4.4 for the preparation)

    • Temperature (° C.): 37° C.±0.5° C.
      • Stirring speed: 600 rpm

    • Pre-Soaking of Membrane: ≥30 min

    • Medium volume: 12 mL

    • Aliquot Volume: 0.5 mL, with medium replacement

    • Number of Aliquots Withdrawn: 6

    • Sampling Time (minutes): 60, 120, 180, 240, 300 and 360





4.2 Chromatographic Conditions





    • Instrument: ACQUITY UPLC system with TUV or PDA detector

    • UPLC Column: Acquity UPLC BEH C18, 1.7 μm, 50 mm×2.1 mm column with VanGuard Pre-Column BEH C18,1.7 μm, 5 mm×2.1 mm
      • Column Temperature: 30° C.±5° C.
      • Mobile phase A: 50%
      • Mobile phase B: 50%
      • Detector Wavelength: UV at 254 nm
      • Injection volume: 2 μL
      • Flow rate: 0.3 mL/min
      • Run time: 3 minutes
      • Strong Wash: 80% ACN
      • Weak Wash: 50% ACN
      • Seal Wash: 50% ACN





4.3 Preparation of Solution
4.3.1 Mobile Phases:





    • Mobile phase A: 100% ACN

    • Mobile phase B: Water





4.3.2 Strong Wash Solution (80% ACN)





    • To prepare 1000 mL of strong wash solution, mix 800 mL ACN and 200 mL H2O in an appropriate container. Adjust preparation volume proportionately as necessary.





4.3.3 Weak Wash Solution (50% ACN)





    • To prepare 1000 mL of weak wash solution, mix 500 mL ACN and 500 mL H2O in an appropriate container. Adjust preparation volume proportionately as necessary





4.3.4 Seal Wash Solution (50% ACN)





    • To prepare 1000 mL of seal wash solution, mix 500 mL ACN and 500 mL H2O in an appropriate container. Adjust preparation volume proportionately as necessary.





4.4 Preparation of Diffusion Medium
(Ethanol:Water=50:50)





    • To prepare 1000 mL of diffusion medium, transfer 500 mL of ethanol anhydrous into a suitable container add 500 mL of purified water and mix well. Filter through 0.45 μm nylon membrane filter and sonicate. This preparation can be scaled as needed.





4.5 Preparation of Diluent

Use diffusion medium as diluent.


4.6 Preparation of Standard Solutions
4.6.1 Preparation of Testosterone Standard Stock Solution 1





    • Accurately weigh approximately 20 mg of Testosterone reference standard into a 100 mL volumetric flask. Add approximately 70 mL of diluent. Sonicate 5 min to dissolve. Dilute to volume with diluent, and mix well. This Stock 1 solution has a concentration of approximately 200 μg/mL Testosterone.





4.6.2 Preparation of Testosterone Standard Stock Solution 2

Refer to section 4.6.1


4.6.3 Preparation of Testosterone Working Standard Solutions





    • Testosterone sample will be quantified against a multiple point linearity standards. Six calibration standards will be prepared from Testosterone Standard Stock Solution 1 in concentrations outlined in Table 1.

    • Transfer specified volume of Testosterone standard solutions into each specified volumetric flask and make to the volume with diluent. Mix well.

    • Note: Prepare proportionately larger volumes as necessary.

    • The working standard solution is stable for 10 days at ambient temperature and refrigeration (˜4 C).
















TABLE 1









Percentage of



Volume of


Max. Testing


Preparation of
Standard Stock
Final
Approximate
Concentration*


Working Standard
Solution 1
Volume
Concentration
(652.3 μg/mL)


Solutions STD ID
(200.0 μg/mL)
(mL)
(μg/mL)
(%)



















STD-1
4 mL of STD-2
25
1.0
0.15


STD-2
5 mL of STD-3
20
6.25
0.96


STD-3
10 mL of STD-4
20
25
3.83


STD-4
10 mL of STD-5
20
50
7.67


STD-5
10 mL of Std.
20
100
15.3



Stock 1


STD-6
Std. Stock 1
N/A
200
30.6





*Maximum testing concentration is 652.3 μg/mL (9.0% gel formulation), as obtained in the method development study (Reference LNB-10-056 page 68).






4.6.4 Preparation of Testosterone Check Standard Solutions





    • Three levels of check standard solutions will be used to monitor the accuracy and precision within the run. The Check Standard Solutions will be prepared from Standard Stock Solution 2 in concentrations outlined in Table 2.





Transfer specified volume of Testosterone standard solution into each specified volumetric flask and make to the volume with diluent. Mix well.









TABLE 2





Preparation of Check


Standard Solutions



















CSTD-1
3 mL of
50
 3.0
N/A



CSTD-2





CSTD-2
5 mL of Std.
20
 50.0
Conc. as



Stock 2


STD 4


CSTD-3
Std. Stock 2
N/A
200.0
Conc. as






STD 6









4.7 Preparation of Sample Solution
4.7.1 Membrane Preparation





    • Soak the selected membrane in diffusion Medium for at least 30 minutes, check for defects and discard any membrane with defects.





4.7.2 In-vitro Release Franz Cell Method





    • Transfer diffusion medium into the Franz cell, carefully remove any bubbles, put previously soaked membrane on the top of the Franz cell, use Kim wipes to remove excess medium on the membrane, put the ring on top of the membrane. Add gel sample to the middle of the ring, using a spatula to smooth the sample surface until it is same height as the ring, Put on glass and ring cover, and then clamp it.

    • Check the medium level and top it to the sampling port mark position if necessary. Withdraw 0.5 mL of sample at 60, 120, 180, 240,300, and 360 minutes time point, and replace medium to the mark position.





Sample Dilution





    • For the 0.15% and 0.6% w/w gel formulations inject sample solutions from Franz cell with no dilution. For the 4.0% and 4.5% w/w gel formulations dilute samples prior to injections. Transfer 0.2 ml of the sample solution into the UPLC vial using a micropipette; add 1 ml of diluent and mix.





Note: The Sample Solution is Stable for 2 Days at Ambient Temperature and Refrigeration(˜4C).
4.8 Injection Procedure

Set up injection sequence as follows:

    • Make at least one injection of Diluent (Diffusion Medium)
    • Make six consecutive injections of working standard STD-4.
    • Make one injection of each Testosterone working standard solution from STD-1 to STD-6.
    • Make injections of a set of check standards (CSTD-1 to CSTD-3) at the beginning, middle and end of the sample sequence (3 sets for each run, total 9 injections).
    • Evenly spread the testing samples between the check standards.


4.9 System Suitability
4.9.1 Diluent (Diffusion Medium)





    • Diluent is to be injected at least once at the beginning of the sequence to ensure the system is clean and stable. There should be no significant interference peak at the retention time of Testosterone from the diluent.





4.9.2 Injection Reproducibility





    • The Testosterone working standard solution STD-4 is to be consecutively injected six times. Calculate % RSD of the peak area of Testosterone from the six replicate injections from:










%


RSD

=


100


A
_


std


×






i
=
1

n



(

Ai
-


A
_


std


)

2



n
-
1










    • Where Ai is the individual values expressed as peak area, stdA is the average of individual peak area values and n is the number of injections which is 6.





Calculate % RSD of the retention time of Testosterone peak from the six replicate injections of STD-4.


4.9.3 Tailing Factor





    • USP tailing factor for Testosterone will be calculated and will be included in the reported. Calculate the USP Tailing Factor (T) from,









T
=


W
0.05


2

f








    • Where W0.05 is the peak width at 5% of the peak height from the baseline and f is the distance from the peak maximum to the leading edge of the peak measured at a point 5% of the peak height from the baseline.





4.9.5 Retention Time (RT)





    • Average retention time (RT) of Testosterone from the six consecutive injections of STD-4 will be included in the report.





4.9.6 Theoretical Plate Number (N)





    • Theoretical plate number per column for ABC will be calculated as per USP and EP and will be included in the report.

    • Calculate the USP/EP theoretical plate number per column (N) from,









N
=

5.54
×


(

t

W

h
/
2



)

2








    • Where t is the retention time of the peak and Wh/2 is the peak width at half peak height.





Acceptance Criteria





    • 1. The % RSD of peak area and retention time for 6 replicate injections of the working standard solution STD-4 should be ≤2.0%.

    • 2. Tailing factor for Testosterone peak in the 6 replicate injections of the working standard solution STD-4 should be ≤2.

    • 3. Theoretical plate number (N) of Testosterone peak in the 6 replicate injections of the working standard solution STD-4 should be NLT 1,000.





5.2 Calibration Curve and Acceptance Criteria





    • Plot a calibration curve with all STDs injected (total of 6 points). A weighted (1/x) function for linear regression analyses should be applied to meet following requirements. Using linear regression, determine the line of the best fit, y=mx+b, where x is the concentration and y is the response. Calculate the correlation coefficient (r), slope and y-intercept.

    • Calculate the response factor (area to concentration ratio) of each standard injection and the RSD of the response factors. The overall RSD (n=6) of the response factors should be NMT 10.0%.

    • The correlation coefficient (r) of the curve should be NLT 0.98.

    • Compare the y-intercept to the peak area of the STD-1. The y-intercept should not be greater than 20% of the STD-1 peak response.





5.3 Check Standards and Acceptance Criteria

The accuracy of the analysis is demonstrated by the check standards recovery.


Calculate the check standards concentration by the calibration curve and compare the concentrations to the theoretical concentration.


The % recovery of CSTD-1 should be within 90.0% to 110.0%


The % recovery of CSTD-2 and CSTD-3 should be within 98.0% to 102.0%. Two of the nine check standards failing to meet above criteria is acceptable providing the two failed check standards are not at the same concentration level.


6.0 Calculating and Reporting Results
6.1 Calculation of Testosterone Concentration at Each Time Point

Calculate the concentration of Testosterone in samples from diffusion steps.

    • A calibration curve as equation 1 is generated by Empower 2 software by plotting standard concentrations (in μg/mL) versus corresponding standard peak area,






Y=AX+B  (Equation 1)

    • This equation is to be used to calculate the Testosterone concentration in the samples at each time point, in μg/mL.
    • Note: Use sample dilution factor 6 where it is applicable.


6.2 Calculation of Accumulated Testosterone Released





    • Calculate the accumulated amount of Testosterone released from the Testosterone gel at each sample time point, in pg, using equation 2,













A
testosterone

=


Cn
×

V
1


+


(




i
=
1


n
-
1


Ci

)

×

V
2







(

Equation


2

)









    • Where,
      • Cn=Testosterone concentration in sample solution withdrawn at n time point, at which time point the Testosterone concentration is being calculated
      • Ci=Testosterone concentration in sample solutions withdrawn from the first time point to the time point right before the time point n, at which time point the Accumulated % Released is being calculated
      • V1=Volume of sample solution in the vessel, 12 mL
      • V2=Volume of sample solution withdrawn at each time point, 0.5 mL





6.3 Calculation of Testosterone Released Per Unit Surface Area

Calculate the Release Per Unit Surface Area (Q), in pg/cm2, follow equation









Q
=


Release
/
Area

=


Atestosterone

S

A


×
100






(

Equation


3

)









    • Where,
      • ATestosterone=Accumulated amount of Testosterone released from Testosterone gel at certain sample time point, in μg










SA
=

Membrane


surface


area


,


π
·

r
2


=


3.10159
×


(

1.5
2

)

2


=

1.7671


cm
2








Calculation of Released Rate





    • Drug diffusion from the vehicle obeys Fick's law. Equation 4 is a simplified solution of Fick's law of diffusion as derived by Higuchi:












Q
=



2


D
·
A
·

C
sm

·
t



=




2


D
·
A
·

C
sm




×

t


=

Slope
×

t








(

Equation


4

)









    • Where,
      • Q=amount of drug released per unit area (μg/cm2)
      • t=elapsed time in minutes


        Thus, a plot of the amount released (Q) vs. √{square root over (t)} should be linear with a slope of √{square root over (2D·A·Csm)}. The slope of √{square root over (2D·A·Csm)} is reported as Release Rate.





Appendix to Example 8
In Vitro Release Rate Comparison Testing





    • The release rates of the reference formulation (pre changed lot) and the post change formulation to be compared should be determined on the same day, under the same conditions. The release rate comparison may be carried out as a two-stage test. To ensure unbiased comparison sensitivity, sample positions within the bank of Franz cells should be randomized or pre-assigned in a mixed arrangement to ensure unbiased comparison. An example of the cell assignment is T (test formulation) in cells A1, A3, A5, B2, B4, B6, and R (reference formulation,) in cells A2, A4, A6, B1, B3, B5.





First Stage





    • Release rates (slopes) from six cells of test formulation (T) and six cells of the reference formulation (R) are obtained. A 90% Confidence Interval (CI) for the ratio (T/R) of median release rates is calculated.





The comparison will be performed with following calculations:

    • Step 1: Generate a table with seven rows and seven columns. List the reference slopes (R) across the first row and test slopes down the first column of the table. Calculate the individual T/R ratios (36) between each test slope and each reference slope and enter the corresponding values in the table.
    • Step 2: Rank these 36 T/R ratios from lowest to highest.
    • Step 3: The eighth and twenty-ninth ordered ratios represents lower and upper limits of the 90% CI for the ratios of median release rates.
      • Note: If the data for a single cell is missing for one of the lots, there would be 5×6=30 individual T/R ratios, and the limits of 90% CI would be sixth and twenty-fifth order individual T/R ratios. If the data is missing for more than one cell, the correct computation should be determined in consultation with the supervisor.
    • Evaluation criteria:
    • Test and reference formulations are considered to be “same” if the 90% CI falls within the limits of 75%-133.33%. If the test is not passed at the first stage, proceed with second stage.
    • Second Stage:
    • Two additional in vitro runs of twelve cells (six cells per formulation/lot) are to be performed, yielding 12 additional slopes for each lot, or 18 in all (including the first stage 6 results). A 90% Confidence Interval (CI) for the ratio (T/R) of median release rates is calculated using all 18 slopes. All 324 (18×18) individual ratios are obtained and are ranked from the lowest to the highest. The 110th and 215th ordered ratios represent lower and upper limits of the 90% CI for the ratios of median release rates.
    • Evaluation Criteria:


      Test and reference formulations are considered to be “same” if the 90% CI falls within the limits of 75%-133.33%.


Example 9
TBS1A Report for 4% and 8% Bulk Gel
Objective:

To follow up on IMP-Clinical batch manufacture. Main points concern process flow and bulk appearance on stability.

    • Process flow improvement
    • Viscosity of bulk Gel
    • Stability (re-crystallization)
    • Evaluation of alternate materials sources and grades
    • In Vivo results, formulation changes to impact onset of release
    • Testing of trials using Franz Cell, trial selection


List of Raw-materials identified for use in trials:
















Material name
Grade
Spec #
Source
Comments







Castor Oil
(Crystal O)
RM004A
Cas-Chem



Castor Oil
(Virgin)
RM004B




Labrafil
M1944CS
RM002A
Gattfosse



DMI

RM009A
Croda



Transcutol P

RM008A
Gattfosse



Plasdone
K17
RM011A
ISP



Plasdone
S630
RM013A
ISP



Plasdone
K29-32
Sample
ISP



Plasdone
K90
Sample
ISP



HPC
Klucel HF
RM014A
Hercules



HPC
Nisso H
Sample
Nisso



HPC
Nisso M
Sample
Nisso



HPC
Nisso L
Sample
Nisso



Cab-O-Sil
M-5P
RM003A
Cabot



Aerosil
200
RM003B
Evonik



Purified water


Trimel



Testosterone
micronized
RM001A
Proquina



Oleic Acid
Super-
sample
Croda




refined





Testosterone
Not
RM
Proquina




micronized









Equipment Used:

In addition to the Silverson High Shear mixer, used only during the manufacture of the TBS1A IMP Clinical batches, included also a propeller type mixing unit for the trials on several pre-mix operations. The only application for the High shear action is for dispersion of the active in the Co-Solvents.


For more uniform mixing and control of temperature, recommend a jacketed container with wiping blades to remove material from inner bowl wall (especially critical for uniform bulk temperature during heating as well as cooling cycles.


Background Info on IMP Bath Manufacture

Observation during the IMP Clinical batch manufacture included high viscosity during preparing the pre-mixture of the DMI/Transcutol co-solvent mix consisting of PVP K17/S640, Klucel HF and Testosterone micronized. Mixture resulting in a sticky mass when added to the Castor oil using the high shear mixer set up. With the same high shear mixer set up for the addition of the Cab-O-Sil (referenced in future to SiO2) could not obtain a vortex to incorporate the material and required additional manual mixing during addition stage, hence the recommendation for propeller type mixing unit). Even though the material was viscous during that addition stage, on further mixing the viscosity of the final Bulk Gel dropped to approximately 1,500-2,000 cps. Mixing time and speed had to be controlled not to overshoot targeted gel temperature (no cooling system).


Outline of Trials: The initial trials (Placebo) concentrated on changing the order of addition to identify impact on viscosity. Previous process included the addition of the SiO2 at the final stage (see comments above), changed to dispersion of the SiO2 into the Castor oil prior to addition of the alternate active mixture. The resulting viscosity of the Castor Oil/SiO2 mixture, used various percentages, increased with the addition of a small percentage of Arlasolve (DMI).


Next step was to duplicate these results using the active mixture (Co-solvents/PVP/HPC/active) and added that mixture to the premix of Castor oil and SiO2. This however resulted in a low viscosity solution, indicating an impact of the active mixture on formation of a viscous gel.


Since the co-solvent mix without additional materials resulted in an increase of viscosity, the quantities of solvent were split into 2 parts, adding part of the solvent mix only to the Oil mixture and remaining solvent mix used to disperse the PVP, HPC and active. The active mixture with the reduced co-solvent ended up more viscose, plus similar low viscosity when added to the castor Oil premix. Additional trials included the prep of active in only DMI (no PVP) and obtained good viscosity. HPC was prepared separately in the Transcutol P, creating problems of stringing when added to the mixture (similar to IMP observations). Addition of SiO2 at a level of 0.1-0.3% resolved the problem.


The above process to dissolve active in the Co-solvents is sufficient and doesn't require PVP to increase solubility for the 4% formulation, however not sufficient co-solvents in the formulation to achieve solubility for the 8% strength. Trials on the 8% included an alternate successful approach for preparing the active dispersion containing PVP by including SiO2 into that mixture. As demonstrated on evaluation trials evaluating impact of SiO2 added to the DMI as well as Transcutol P, resulted in good viscosity forming with DMI, however not with Transcutol. Active dispersion therefore id prepared by dissolving the PVP in DMI only, followed by addition of the active at 55 C (50-60C) and portion of available SiO2.


Please note that this process was only developed during the trial work on the 8%, hence it can be scaled down to the 4% strength if PVP indicate additional functionality (Franz Cell test).


Comments related to addition of purified water (noted in Table xxx) indicate increase in viscosity with trials containing HPC, no viscosity increase in trials using only PVP. These trials were only included for information to study water uptake and impact on viscosity after application into the nasal cavity.


Critical step during HPC set up is to provide at least 24 hours of solvating to obtain a clear solution.


As outlined in the trial objectives, formulation ratios were implemented using also alternate grades and sources of materials and are identified in the formulation table.


To identify the impact of the process change (such as reaction of viscosity increase adding the co-solvents), performed trials to study impact if related to DMI or Transcutol P. Trials were initiated to disperse SiO2 (at the same ratio as used for Castor Oil mixture) in DMI only as well as in Transcutol P only. The Mixture with the DMI resulted in a viscous mixture while Transcutol P mixture was very fluid.


Similar trials were initiated to use the co-solvents individually to study solubility of the Polymers as well as active for potential reduction in Transcutol P. No noticeable difference in solubility using the mixture or individual solvents at the 4% strength. However, if PVP and HPC are prepared only in DMI, observed separation of the two materials when stored overnight (not apparent when mixed in the co-solvent mixture).


To eliminate the stickiness of the dispersion when adding the active/polymer mixture, removed the HPC from the formulation and using PVP only (individual grades K17-K29/32-K90, no mixtures). This resulted in various degrees of viscosity related to the grade used.


Material also included the use of Labrafil M 1944 CS and are outlined in batch description and selected for testing in Franz Cell.


Comments:

The various trials are outlined below for 4% strength as well as 8%.


Trial lots of both strength have been selected for testing on the Franz Cell. Selected lots are identified.


All trials will be monitored for physical evidence of re-crystallization and change in appearance (separation), tested for change in viscosity. Viscosity values of the trials will be documented and updated


Pending Franz Cell result evaluation, optimization of formulation and process can be implemented. This is critical to identify since the trial outline did not include impact on viscosity related to all process parameters (need to include analytical testing and stability data).


Observations during viscosity test using the Brookfield Viscometer Model DV-II+, with Spindle #6, at 50 rpm for 30 seconds, did actually show an increase in viscosity values over the test time in samples prepared with higher viscosity grade HPC. This can be attributed to the stickiness of the Gel causing agglomeration to the spindle shaft and disk creating a drag (not a true viscosity value of the results reported). The bulk Gel of several trials is not thixotropic. Also tested on some trials viscosity at 37 C.


Tested several trials using the new Haupt method with spindle 4 at 6 rpm.


The various attached tables show the trial numbers for active Gels, pre-mixes and Placebos Discussion and Considerations for follow up trials with both strength Even though ‘viscosity improvement’ was not the primary target to initiate trials, it was certainly a designed effort to study the cause for low viscosity considering the high percentage of SiO2 present in the formulation. A cross check against SiO2 alternate source comparison did not indicate major differences, nor did various ratios of Co-Solvents, limited adjustment since a certain percentage required to dissolve the Testosterone. Changes in grades of PVP indicated impact on viscosity when used in the active dispersion, however not when added to the rest of the mixture. Changes in grades of HPC (used alternate source of fine material) showed impact on the final Gel, however the higher the Molecular weight of the HPC, impact of stickiness and stringing in the final Gel. Testing viscosity after several weeks did show a separation in the Gel of viscose settlement on the bottom of the container.


With indication of SiO2 retaining Testosterone, adding more to increase viscosity was not an option, aim was to reduce the % used. especially for the TBS1A 4% strength which indicated a much higher percentage of T retained compared to the 8% TBS1A. Target was to at least obtain the same ratio of SiO2 to T of the 8% strength for the 4% strength (hence aimed for scale down to 3%). With the trials completed and showing impact on viscosity related to process and formulation changes, a reduction in SiO2 for the definitely possible for the 4% strength that would also include the use of PVP in the formulation by taking advantage of the process change on the 8% strength.


The above is only based on viscosity; however impact on the changes in formulation to slow down initial absorption rate in vivo can only be evaluated from the data obtained on the trials used for the analytical test using the Franz Cell. These results will be reviewed and evaluated with potential recommendations for further trials to either duplicate earlier trials or based on DOE.


The attached Tables for viscosity show the date of manufacture and latest test results (to help with trial selection on Franz Cell). In the Comment column original data will be reference or referenced in the Trial process description.


Further alternate material source evaluation is recommended once a primary formulation and process for each strength has been established for direct comparison.


Formulation/Composition of TBS1A—4%








TABLE 1A







(See the formulations in the Examples above and including Example 10)






















HPC
SiO2%


Trial
Active
Castor
Labrafil
PVP
DMI
TranscutolP
Nisso
C = Cabosil


number
%
oil %
%
grade %
%
%
%
A = Aerosil200


















RD11037
4
52
000000
K17 = 3
25
10
0000000
C = 4






S630 = 2 


RD11038
4
57
000000
K17 = 3
20
10
0000000
C = 4






S630 = 2 


RD11039
4
29
29
K17 = 3
20
10
0000000
C = 3






S630 = 2 


RD11040
4
57
0000000
0000000
25
10
00000000
C = 4








6 + 4


RD11041
4
53
0000000
K17 = 3
25
10
0000000
C = 3






S630 = 2 

6 + 4


RD11042
4
29
29
00000000 
25
10
000000
C = 3








6 + 4








(split)


RD11050
4
66.7
000000
K17 = 3
24
0000000
N − H = 0.3
A = 2







20 + 4


RD11050A
4
66.7
000000
K17 = 3
24
0000000
N − H = 0.3
1% additional







20 + 4


to final 11050


RD11051
4
66.7
000000
K30 = 3
24
0000000
N − M = 0.3
A = 2







20 + 4


RD11051A
4
66.7
000000
K30 = 3
24
0000000
N − M = 0.3
1% additional







20 + 4


to final 11051


RD11053
4
61.7
000000
K17 = 3
22
6
N − H = 0.3
A = 3







16 + 6
4 + 2


RD11054
4
61.4
000000
K30 = 3
23
5
N − M = 0.6
A = 3







16 + 7
4 + 1


RD11055
4
62.0
000000
K90 = 3
23
5
0000000
C = 3







16 + 7
4 + 1


RD11056
4
62.0
000000
K90 = 3
28
00000
0000000
C = 3







20 + 8


RD11059
4
75.0
000000
  K30 = 2.5
14
2
0000000
C = 2.5







10 + 4


RD11060
4
71.5
000000
  K30 = 2.0
18
1
00000000
C = 3.5







 9 + 9


RD11061
4
71.0
2
K17 = 2
16
2
0000000
C = 3


RD11062
4
62.35
0000000
  K17 = 1.5
22
6
 N − H = 0.15
A = 3






  K30 = 1.0
 6 + 16
2 + 4


RD11063
4
70.5
00000oo
  K17 = 1.5
18
00000000
N − H = 0.2
A = 4






  K30 = 1.5
 6 + 12


RD11064
Transfer
Add 0.3%
Increase



Formula



from
H2O
in



includes



RD11062

viscosity



HPC


RD11065
Transfer
Add 0.3%
Increase



Formula



from
H2O
in



includes



RD11063

viscosity



HPC


RD11066
Transfer
Add 0.3%
No



N0 HPC



from
H2O
increase



RD11041

in





viscosity


RD11070
Transfer
Add 0.3%
No



N0 HPC



from
H2O
increase



RD11037

in





viscosity


RD11071
Transfer
Add 0.3%
No



N0 HPC



from
H2O
increase



RD11042

in





viscosity


RD11072
Transfer
Add 0.3%
No



N0 HPC



from
H2O
increase



RD11040

in





viscosity


RD11073
4
70.5
000000
0000000
16
6 (3)
N − M = 0.5
A = 3







  10 + 6 (3)

(0.25)


RD11074
Transfer
Add 0.3%




Transfer
Add 0.3%



from
H2O




from
H2O



RD11073





RD11040


RD11075
4
68.0
000000
  K30 = 1.0
16
0000000
See HPC
A = 3


(base)




 6 + 10

pre-mixes


RD11076
Base of





Addition




RD11075





RD11067


RD11077
Base of





Addition




RD11075





RD11068


RD11078
Base of





Addition




RD11075





RD11069


RD11079
Transfer
Add 0.3%




Formula




from
H2O




includes



RD11076





HPC


RD11080
Transfer
Add 0.3%




Formula




from
H2O




includes



RD11077





HPC


RD11081
Transfer
Add 0.3%




Formula




from
H2O




includes



RD11078





HPC


RD11082
4
81.0
000000
0000000
10
See
See
00000000







See
RD11073
RD11073







RD11073
(3
(0.25)







(3


RD11085
4
70.7
000000
0000000
16
6
N − L = 0.2
A = 2.8







10 + 6

N − M = 0.3


RD11086
4
70.7
000000
0000000
16
6
N − L = 0.2
A = 2.8



Add 0.3%



10 + 6

N − M = 0.3



H2O









Lot #RD11037

Process duplication of IMP batch (4%) without HPC. K17 and S630 dissolved in DMI/Transcutol mixture followed by addition of the active. Clear solution. Castor oil preheated and added the above active mixture. Clear solution observed. Followed with the addition of the Cabosil with low shear. Viscosity at time of manufacture 500 cps, followed with test after 48 hours resulted in 620 cps.


Lower viscosity primarily due to missing HPC (note that IMP 4% had approx 1,500 cps)


Lot #RD11038

Change in order of addition using the same formulation with a reduction of DMI/Transcutol and adjusted with castor oil. Cabosil was mixed into the Castor oil obtaining a clear viscous solution. The active mixture was prepared as per RD11037. Viscosity of the Castor oil/Cabosil mixture changed to 1180 cps (expected higher viscosity based on addition of Co Solvents during the Placebo trials). Potential impact of PVP and active to solvent mixture.


Lot #RD11039

Duplicated performance based on Placebo mixture also containing Labrafil in castor oil plus Cabosil (for IP). Same reaction of reduced viscosity when adding the active mixture.


Lot #RD11040

Duplicated Placebo process adding to the Castor oil/Cabosil mixture a portion of the DMI/Transcutol P co-solvent mixture. Viscosity of the oil mixture increased. Prepared the active mixture with the remaining co-solvents without the PVP and added to the oil mixture. Final viscosity of the bulk Gel was 10,400 cps. Potential for F/C.


Lot #RD11041

Process was repeated as per RD 11040 including the PVP K17 and S630 with the active mixture and viscosity was reduced to 500 cps (increased to 1,500 cps after 3 weeks). Clear indication of PVP impact on lowering viscosity using K17 and S630.


Lot #RD11042

Repeat of trial with Castor oil/Labrafil addition as per RD11037, and reduced Cabosil, with active co solvent mixture but no PVP. Viscosity of 1,750 cps


The following trials were designed to identify impact of changing to higher PVP grades as well as alternate source of HPC (2 grades). Pre mixture were made as outlined in table 3 concentrating on mixtures without Labrafil, using Castor oil native and Aerosil 200.


Lot #RD11050

Dispersion (pre-mix I) of Castor Oil and Aerosil 200 was prepared and viscosity increased by adding part of the DMI (4%). The preparation of the active mixture use the pre-mix of RD11047A (PVP K17-3%) in DMI only, added 0.3% of HPC Nisso H followed by addition of active. Active mixture was added to the Pre-mix


Lot #RD11050A

Same basic formulation as RD11050 with change of adding to a portion additional 1% of Aerosil 200


Lot #RD11051

Dispersion (pre-mix I) of Castor Oil and Aerosil 200 was prepared and viscosity increased by adding part of the DMI (4%). The preparation of the active mixture use the pre-mix of RD11047B (PVP K30-3%) in DMI only, added 0.3% of HPC Nisso M followed by addition of active. Active mixture was added to the Pre-mix I


Lot #RD11051A

Same basic formulation as RD11051 with change of adding to a portion additional 1% of Aerosil 200


Lot #RD11053

Dispersion (pre-mix I) of Castor Oil and Aerosil 200 was prepared and viscosity increased by adding part of the DMI and Transcutol P. The preparation of the active mixture use the pre-mix of RD11048A (PVP K17-3%), added 0.3% of HPC Nisso H followed by addition of active. Active mixture was added to the Pre-mix I


Lot #RD11054

Dispersion (pre-mix I) of Castor Oil and Aerosil 200 was prepared and viscosity increased by adding part of the DMI and Transcutol P. The preparation of the active mixture use the pre-mix of RD11048B (PVP K30-3%), added 0.3% of HPC Nisso H followed by addition of active. Active mixture was added to the Pre-mix I


Lot #RD11055

Dispersion (pre-mix I) of Castor Oil and Aerosil 200 was prepared and viscosity increased by adding part of the DMI and Transcutol P. The preparation of the active mixture use the pre-mix of RD11048C (PVP K90-3%). No HPC added .Active mixture was added to the Pre-mix I


Lot #RD11056

Dispersion (pre-mix I) of Castor Oil and Aerosil 200 was prepared and viscosity increased by adding part of the DMI. The preparation of the active mixture use the pre-mix of RD11047C (PVP K90-3%). No HPC added Active mixture was added to the Pre-mix I


Lot #RD11059

Prepared mixture of Castor Oil and Cabosil (2.5%). Active was dissolved in DMI and Transcutol P. Resulted in milky appearance. Adding that mix to the Castor Oil pre-mix, mixture did not clear up. Prepared the PVP (K30) solution with DMI, added to the mix, no change in appearance however reduced viscosity. Note, no change in evaluation adding a mixture of 0.1% HPC to appearance, slight increase in viscosity. Trial not reported under trial a lot number.


Lot #RD11060

Prepared the Castor Oil adding 3.5% Cabosil, followed by addition of a mixture of DMI/Transcutol P for thickening. The active dispersion was prepared in a PVP (K30) with DMI as co-solvent. (no HPC)


Lot #RD11061

Prepared the Castor Oil adding 3% Cabosil, followed by addition of Labrafil (2%) for thickening. The active dispersion was prepared in a DMI mixture containing PVP K17 (2%). Mix resulted in low viscosity, however could be considered for F/C test.


Lot #RD11062

Castor Oil native mixed with Aerosil 200 (3%) and added a mixture of DMI/Transcutol P (6+2) for thickening. A PVP mixture of K17 and K30 was dissolved in DMI/Transcutol P and followed with HPC H and solvate for 4 days. Mixture was reheated prior to addition of active. Castor Oil premix was heated prior to adding the active dispersion. Recommended for F/C


Lot #RD11063

Castor Oil native mixed with Aerosil 200 (4%) and added the DMI (6%) resulting in a high viscose mix. A mixture of PVP K17 and L29/32 was dissolved in DMI, plus HPC Nisso H (0.2). On overnight setup, noticed a separation, required re-mixing. Active was added to the high viscosity Castor Oil premix. To be followed up with modification to composition


Potential for F/C or to Use RD11065
Lot #RD11064

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11062


Lot #RD11065

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11063


Lot #RD11066

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11041


Lot #RD11070

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11037


Lot #RD11071

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11042


Lot #RD11072

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11040


Lot #RD11073

Prepared Castor Oil/Aerosil 200 pre-mixture. Dissolve in DMI (6%) without PVP, the Testosterone and add to the Castor oil pre-mix. Obtained a viscosity of 6,300 cps. In a mixture of Transcutol P and DMI disperse the HPC M (only used 0.25% of prep) and add to main mix. Proposed for F/C


Lot #RD11074

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11072


Lot #RD11075

Prepared a stock mixture to complete 3×500 g trials consisting of Castor-Oil (68%) Aerosil 200 (3%) DMI (6%). To this mix was added PVP K29-32 (1%) in DMI (10) and active. Bulk split into 3 parts to be completed for 3 trials containing different mixtures and grades of HPC Nisso in Transcutol (ref lots RD11067/68/69)


Lot #RD11076

Used bulk from RD11075 and added HPC mix RD11067 (Transcutol P with Nisso H (0.15%)


Lot #RD11077

Used bulk from RD11075 and added HPC mix RD11068 (Transcutol P with Nisso H (0.2%)


Lot #RD11078

Used bulk from RD11075 and added HPC mix RD11069 (Transcutol P with Nisso H (0.1) and M (0.1)


Lot #RD11079

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11076


Lot #RD11080

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11077


Lot #RD11081

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11078


Lot #RD11082

Trial attempt to prepare a batch without the use of SiO2 failed


Lot #RD11085

Prepared Castor-Oil pre-mix adding 2.5% Aerosil 200 followed with a mix of DMI (10) and Testosterone. Obtained viscosity of 3,100 cps. Followed with the addition of HPC Nisso L (0.2%) and Nisso M (0.3%) mixed in DMI and Transcutol plus 0.3% Aerosil 200 to reduce stickiness. Material was added without any stringing to the main mixture and obtained a viscosity of 4,800 cps at day of manufacture and 4,900 cps 3 weeks later. Proposed for F/C


Lot #RD11086

Addition of 0.3% to portion of lot RD11085









TABLE 2







TBS1A 4% strength


Viscosity values using spindle 6, 20 rpm,


Repeat test ref to Franz Cell: F/C











Trial




Lot
Manuf
Test date and



number
date
values
Comments





RD11037
July 15/11
October 04/11
Clear solution, previous results in July




940 cps
620 cps and follow up test 9/15/11 was





900 cps


RD11038
July 15/11
October 04/11
Clear solution, original test 1,180 cps,




1,800 cps
follow up 09/15/11 1,660 cps


RD11039
July 20/11
October 04/11
Clear solution, previous results in July




1,380
980 cps and follow up test 9/15/11 was




cps
1,300 cps


RD11040
July 20/11
October 04/11
Clear Gel, previous results in July 10, 400




11,040
cps and follow up test 9/15/11 was 10, 140




cps
cps


RD11041
July 21/11
October 04/11
Clear solution, previous results in July




1,420
500 cps and follow up test 9/15/11 was




cps
1,500 cps


RD11042
July 21/11
October 04/11
Clear solution, test 9/15/11 was 1,720 cps




1,430 cps



RD11050
August 09/11
October 04/11
Original comment sticky mixture,




Test not valid
09/15/11 results 2,460





Do not use trial lot for F/C





Poor mixture, HPC settled to bottom as a





slug


RD11050A
August 09/11
October 04/11
Original comment sticky mixture, results




Test not valid
09/15/11 3,000 cps (increased during test





from 2,400)





Do not use trial lot for F/C





Poor mixture, HPC settled to bottom as a





slug


RD11051
August 09/11
October 04/11
Clear , results 09/15/11 1,940 cps




2,100 ▴
Note: viscosity values increase during 30




cps
sec test


RD11051A
August 09/11
October 04/11
Clear , results 09/15/11 2,560 cps




2,540 ▴
Note: viscosity values increase during 30




cps
sec test


RD11053
August 10/11
October 04/11
Clear but sticky with air bubbles, results




4,500 ▴
09/15/11 4,060 cps




cps
Note: viscosity values increase during 30





sec test


RD11054
August 10/11
October 04/11
09/15/11 test HPC globules, 15,000 cps




14,000 ▴
Do not use trial lot for F/C, Note:




cps
viscosity values increase during 30 sec





test





Build up of HPC on spindle


RD11055
August 10/11
October 04/11
09/15/11, EEEEEE




EEEEEE
Do not use trial lot for F/C





Note, error message indicates above





20,000 tester limit at that setting


RD11056
August 10/11
October 04/11
09/15/11, EEEEEE




EEEEEE
Do not use trial lot for F/C





Note, error message indicates above





20,000 tester limit at that setting


RD11059
August 22/11
October 04/11
Do not use trial lot for F/C




Test not valid
Separation of HPC (?)Build up of HPC on





spindle


RD11060
August 23/11
October 05/11
Uniform texture




3,540 cps



RD11061
August 23/11
October 05/11
Uniform texture




960 cps



RD11062
August 24/11
October 05/11
Original viscosity 2,400 cps




3,200 cps



RD11063
August 24/11
October 05/11
Original viscosity 1,600 cps




3,460 cps



RD11064
August 31/11
October 05/11
Original viscosity 5,800 cps




6,440 cps
Clear, thick,


RD11065
August 31/11
October 05/11
Added .3% H2O to RD11063 09/31/11




12,500
resulted in 9,100 cps




cps
Air bubbles


RD11066
August 31/11
October 05/11
Added .3% H2O to RD11041 09/31/11




2,600
resulted in 1,500 cps




cps
Clear, thick


RD11070
August 31/11
October 05/11
Added .3% H2O to RD110370 9/31/11




1,540
resulted in 720 cps




cps
Liquid and clear


RD11071
August 31/11
October 05/11
Added .3% H2O to RD11042




1,820
9/31/11 resulted in 1,760 cps




cps
Liquid and clear


RD11072
August 31/11
October 05/11
Added .3% H2O to RD11040 resulted in




7,920
7,920 cps




cps
Clear and thick, no change in viscosity


RD11073
September 07/11
October 05/11
Started off in September with viscosity of 5,500




9,980 cps
cps


RD11074
September 07/11
October 05/11
Added .3% H2O to RD11073 increases




10,100 cps
viscosity to 7,200 cps.


RD11076
September 06/11
October 05/11
Clear, however noticed separation in bulk




1,700 cps



RD11077
September 06/11
October 05/11
Clear




1,600 cps



RD11078
September 06/11
October 05/11
Clear and fluid




2,700 cps



RD11079
September 06/11
October 05/11
Added 0.3% H2O to RD11076




3,500 cps
Clear, fluid


RD11080
September 06/11
October 05/11
Added 0.3% H2O to RD11077




3,900 cps
Clear, fluid


RD11081
September 06/11
October 05/11
Added 0.3% H2O to RD11078




2,600 cps
Clear, fluid


RD11085
September 14/11
October 05/11
Original test 4,800 cps




4,900 cps
Thick and clear


RD11086
September 20/11
October 05/11
Addition of 0.3% H2O to RD11085 =




5,180
5,200 cps original




cps
Thick gel and clear
















TABLE 3







TBS1A 8% Formulation/composition
















Active
Castor

PVP


HPC
SiO2%


Trial
micronized
oil
Labrafil
grade
DMI
TranscutolP
Nisso
C = Cabosil


number
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
A = Aerosil200


















RD11087
8
55.9
0000000
0000000
27
6
N − L = 0.2
A = 2.6







20 + 7

N − M = 0.3


RD11088
8
same
0000000
0000000
same
same
same
Same plus










(0.3% H2O)


RD11089
8
46.5
0000000
K17 = 3
25
10
N − M = 0.5
C = 5






S630 = 2 


RD11089A
8
same
0000000
same
same
same
same
Same plus










(0.3% H2O)


RD11090
8
39.0
0000000
K17 = 5.0
32
12
N − H = 0.3
C = 3.5









N − M = 0.2


RD11100
8
same
0000000
same
same
same
same
Added










C = 2% for










total of 5.5


RD11101
8
46.1
0000000
K17 = 5.0
25
10
N − L = 0.4
C = 5.1









N − M = 0.4


RD11102
8
46.1
0000000
K17 = 5.0
25
10
N − L = 0.4
C = 5.1 plus









N − M = 0.4
Addition of 1%










for total of 6.1


RD11103
8
46.1
0000000
K17 = 5.0
25
10
N − L = 0.4
C = 5.1 plus









N − M = 0.4
addition of










0.3% water


RD11104
8
42.2
4.0
K17 = 5.0
25
10
N − L = 0.4
A = 5.0









N − M = 0.4


RD11105
8
same
same
same
same
same
same
A = 5.0










addition of










0.5% total










5.5%









Process Outline for Active Trials:
Lot #RD11087

Trial was initiated without PVP to identify impact on T solubility. The active dispersion in % DMI used did not provide a clear solution and did not clear up when adding to the Castor Oil/SiO2 mix. Even the co-solvents present in the HPC mixture did not provide a clear bulk Gel. To the HPV mixture 0.1% SiO2 was added to reduce stringing and stickiness.

    • Viscosity at 4,400


This trial however will be selected for the Franz Cell test to identify diffusion rate eliminating PVP.


Lot #RD11088

0.3% water was added to a portion of Lot RD11087 to identify impact on viscosity. As observed on 4% trials, increase in viscosity is not evident on the bulk mixed with SiO2 in the HPC. This trial not considered for F/C.


Lot #RD11089

This trial used the same quantitative formulation as the IMP Clinical 8%, however using an alternate source of HPC (original HPC source Klucel HF). Also made minor process changes, dissolved PVP in DMI only and added active. HPC was prepared in Transcutol and added to main bulk separately.


Obtained a clear solution when adding the active co-solvent mixture into the Castor-oil and no significant stringing with the addition of the HPC after addition of SiO2.


Viscosity of Gel on day of manufacture was 1,800 cps, when retested after 24 hours, 3,700 and after 48 hours up to 4,300. The re-test on October 3 (see table) recorded 4,500 cps.


This trial was selected for F/C test


Lot #RD11089A

0.3% water was added to a portion of Lot RD11089 to identify impact on viscosity.


Viscosity change over time similar to above trial, day of manufacture 2,700 cps, when retested after 24 hours, 3,920 and after 48 hours up to 4,600. The re-test on October 3 (see table) recorded 5,040 cps.


Selected for Study on Impact of Water
Lot #RD11090

Used higher percentage of DMI and Transcutol to be split for various pre-mixes, similar with SiO2 to be added HPC. Made a pre-mix of Castor oil and SiO2, however due to the lower ratio between the 2 excipients, the mixture became quite thick and further thickened up when adding part of the DMI.


Did finish off the trial, ended up at low viscosity, day of manufacture 900 cps, test Oct 03—1,260 cps. Lower level of SiO2 was considered for study impact, however considering the processing issue (see RD 11100) not suitable for F/C test


Lot #RD11100

Using a portion of above trial RD11090, added an additional 2% SiO2 (for total of 5.5%) to study impact on Viscosity. Increased to 1,900 cps on day of manufacture and retest October 03 (see table) resulted in a value of 3.060


Lot #RD11101

To potentially reduce the impact of PVP, required to dissolve the active, during the addition to the Castor oil/SiO2 mixture, added 2% of SiO2 to the DMI-PVP-Testosterone mix, obtaining a viscous mix. After addition of that mixture to a dispersion of Castor oil containing 1% SiO2, maintained a viscous mixture at the temperature of 50% (would thicken up further on cooling). Further increase in viscosity with the addition of the HPC mix and final amount of SiO2.


Viscosity after cooling Gel to 21 C was 3,800 cps. (note that re-testing over time will be required, batch manufactured Oct 03) This trial selected for F/C


Lot #RD11102

With the target for a 5,000 cps viscosity for the TBS1A project, the above RD11101 was so far the best candidate to evaluate impact of further addition of SiO2, hence to a portion of that lot additional 1% SiO2 was added. The rational for 6% was to obtain the same ratio of active to SiO2 as the targeted level of 3% SiO2 for the 4% strength.


Viscosity increase to 8,000 cps, this lot was selected for F/C study to identify impact of viscosity on rate of diffusion compared to RD11101 of same composition with exception of 1% addition in SiO2, may need to consider on assay obtained.


Lot #RD11103

Addition of water for impact on viscosity, not considered for follow up testing (see viscosity table for results, increase to RD11101 from 3,800 to 4,500 cps)


Lot #RD11104

Included this trial to evaluate addition of Labrafil. Labrafil was added to the Castor Oil mixed with SiO2 at 1%. As observed previously, addition of Labrafil to the Castor oil containing SiO2 increases viscosity. All other mixture prepared and added as per trial RD 11101, with addition of 2% SiO2 to complete mixture. This mixture contains a larger percentage of air bubbles, common on formulations containing Labrafil.


Viscosity obtained of 3,300 cps, will be followed up and tested at various time points.


Selected for F/C testing.


Lot #RD11105





    • Added to RD 11104 an additional 0.5% SiO2 (% adjusted to avoid high increase observed on RD11102)

    • Increase from 3,300 to 4,100 cps

    • Not selected for F/C test

    • Note: Placebo trials are drawn up to identify impact on viscosity using the 2 different sources for Castor Oil and SiO2. These trials will also answer potential questions related to TBS1 and TBS2.












TABLE 4







TBS1A 8% strength


Viscosity values using spindle #6, 20 rpm,


Franz Cell = F/C











Trial Manuf




Lot number
date
Test date and values
Comments





RD11087
September 20/11
October 03/11
No PVP, solution not clear, 2.6%




4,400 cps
SiO2





Selected for Franz Cell


RD11088
September 20/11
October 03/11
Added 0.3% H2Oto RD11087




4,040 cps



RD11089
September 25/11
October 03/11
Based on original IMP, change in




4,500 cps
HPC source and minor process step





changes





Selected for Franz Cell


RD11089A
September 25/11
October 03/11
As RD11089 plus 0.3% H2O




5,040 cps
Selected for Franz Cell


RD11090
September 26/11
October 03/11
3.5% SiO2




1,260 cps
Potential for F/C


RD11091
September 26/11
October 03/11
Added 0.3% H2O to RD11090


RD11100
September 26/11
October 03/11
Added to RD11090 to reach 5% SiO2




3,060 cps
content


RD11101
October 03/11
October 04/11
5% SiO2




3,800 cps
Selected for Franz Cell


RD11102
October 04/11
October 04/11
6% SiO2




8,000 cps
Selected for Franz Cell


RD11103
October 04/11
October 04/11
0.3% with 5% SiO2




4,500 cps



RD11104
October 04/11
October 05/11
Includes 4% Labrafil, same comp for




3,300 cps
polymers as RD11101 (air-bubbles)





Selected or Franz Cell


RD11105
October 05/11
October 05/11
Added additional 0.5% of SiO2




4,100 cps
to RD11104
















TABLE 5







Pre-mix RD Trials (used for addition in active trials)











Trial






#/observation






test
Evaluation
Composition
Results/comments
Used in RD trial #





EV001A (pg 41)
Dissolving HPC
DMI-100 g
Low viscosity grade
Not transferred for



Nisso grade M
Transcutol P 50 g
Stored for hydration
use to RD trials




Nisso HPC M-
72 hrs





2.5 g
Suitable viscosity






for further additions



EV001B (pg 41)
Dissolving HPC
DMI-100 g
high viscosity grade
Not transferred for



Nisso grade H
Transcutol P 50 g
Stored for hydration
use to RD trials




Nisso HPC H-
72 hrs





2.5 g
Viscosity too high



EV002A (pg 41)
Dispersing Cabosil
DMI-125 g
Obtained clear and
Not transferred for



in DMI (purpose to
Cabosil 10 g
viscous dispersion
use to RD trials



study impact on
Ratio related to





viscosity in final
Castor oil/Cabosil





Gel)





EV002B (pg 41)
Dispersing Cabosil
Transcutol P 250 g
Obtained no
Not transferred for



in Transcutol P
Cabosil 20 g
increase viscosity.
use to RD trials



(purpose to study
Ratio related to
Solution milky in




impact on viscosity
Castor oil/Cabosil
appearance




in final Gel)





RD11047 A
Addition of PVP
DMI-100 g
Suitable for
Used in RD trial



K17 in DMI only.
PVP K17 15 g
additional mixing
for addition of




Ratio represents
with HPC H and
HPC-H and active




3% of PVP based
active. Note: used
(see RD1150 and




on final Bulk Gel
higher viscosity
RD1150A)




formula
HPC grade with






lower viscosity PVP






grade



RD11047B
Addition of PVP
DMI-100 g
Suitable for
Used in RD trial



K29/32 in DMI
PVP K29/32 15 g
additional mixing
for addition of



only.
Ratio represents
with HPC M and
HPC-M and active




3% of PVP based
active. Note: used
(see RD1151 and




on final Bulk Gel
lower viscosity HPC
RD1151A)




formula
grade with higher






viscosity PVP grade



RD11047C
Addition of PVP
DMI-100 g
Not suitable to add
Used in RD trial



K90 in DMI only.
PVP K90 15 g
any grade HPC,
without HPC




Ratio represents
however suitable to
addition RD11056




3% of PVP based
add the active





on final Bulk Gel
portion.





formula




RD11048 A
Addition of PVP
DMI-80 g
Suitable for
Used in RD trial



K17 in DMI and
Transcutol P 20 g
additional mixing
for addition of



Transcutol P
PVP K17
with HPC H and
HPC-H and active




15 g
active. Note: used
(see RD11053




Ratio represents
higher viscosity





3% of PVP based
HPC grade with





on final Bulk Gel
lower viscosity PVP





formula
grade



RD11048B
Addition of PVP
DMI-80 g
Suitable for
Used in RD trial



K29/32 in DMI and
Transcutol P 20 g
additional mixing
for addition of



Transcutol P.
PVP K29/32
with HPC M and
HPC-M and active




15 g
active. Note: used
(see RD11054




Ratio represents
lower viscosity HPC





3% of PVP based
grade with higher





on final Bulk Gel
viscosity PVP grade





formula




RD11048C
Addition of PVP
DMI-100 g
Not suitable to add
Used in RD trial



K90 in DMI and
PVP K90
any grade HPC,
without HPC



Transcutol P
15 g
however suitable to
addition RD11055




Ratio represents
add the active





3% of PVP based
portion.





on final Bulk Gel






formula




RD11067
Prep of HPC in
TP = 40 g

Used in RD11076



Transcutol P only
N-H = 0.75 g




RD11068
Prep of HPC in
TP = 40 g

Used in RD11077



Transcutol P only
N-H = 1.0 g




RD11069
Prep of HPC in
TP = 40 g

Used in RD11078



Transcutol P only
N-H = 0.5 g






N-M = 0.5 g




RD11075
Prep of base solution
Castor oil/





used
Aerosil200/





RD11076/RD11077/
DMI/





RD11078
PVP K30





Details in Table 2
Testosterone
















TABLE 6







Placebo TBS1A trials










Trial lot #
Evaluation
Composition
Results/comments





RD11032
Evaluate change in
Labrafil M 1944 CS-
Viscosity 10,460 cps



viscosity using Labrafil
500 g




versus Castor Oil Cr 0
Cab-O-Sil - - -





40 g



RD11033
Evaluate change
Castor Oil - - - 500 g
Viscosity 14 460 cps



viscosity adding Cabosil
Cab-O-Sil - - - 40 g




first in Castor Oil Cr 0
Note: ratio used in IMP



RD11034
Impact on adding DMI
RD11032-270 g
Viscosity reduced to 8,740



and Transcutol to mixture
DMI-125 g




RD11032
Transcutol P 50 g



RD11035
Impact on adding DMI
Impact on adding DMI
Viscosity reduced to 3,600



and Transcutol to mixture
and Transcutol to mixture




RD11033
RD11032



RD11036A
Mixture of Castor Oil
Castor oil . . . 125 g
High viscosity out of



and Labrafil, adding
Labrafil . . . 125 g
range



Cabosil followed by
Cabosil . . . 20 g




DMI/Transcutol P
DMI . . . 125 g





Transcutol P . . . 50 g



RD11036B
Mixture of Castor Oil
Castor oil 0 . . . 125 g
Viscosity 7,680 cps



and Labrafil followed by
Labrafil . . . 125 g




DMI/Transcutol P, add
Cabosil . . . 20 g




Cabosil last
DMI . . . 125 g





Transcutol P 50 g



RD11043
Castor oil and Cab0sil,
Castor oil 0 . . . 285 g




followed by mixture of
Cabosil . . . 20 g




DMI/Transcutol P and
DMI . . . 100 g




HPC H
Transcutol P 50 g





HPC H . . . 2.5 g



RD11043
Castor oil and Cab0sil,
Castor oil 0 . . . 285 g




followed by mixture of
Cabosil . . . 20 g




DMI/Transcutol P and
DMI . . . 100 g




HPC M and PVP K17
Transcutol P 50 g





HPC M . . . 2.5 g





PVP K15 . . . 15 g



RD11057P
TBS-2 Placebo for





Analytical Lab Method




RD11058P
Castor oil an Cabosil
A to D represents %
RD11058P = 2740 cps


A-B-C-D-E-F
Mix followed by addition
Labrafil of 2-4% with
Part A 2% = 11,400



of Labrafil
change in viscosity
Part B 3% = 14,000




E impact of adding Oleic
Part C 3.5% = 14,440




acid
Part D 4% = 14,900




F impact of adding DMI
Part E with Oleic = 1,520




to RD11058-A
Part F-10% DMI to part





A = 13,500 cps





(incr. from 11,400)


RD11083P
Purpose of trial to
HPC mix prep of
Viscosity of base prior to



decrease stringing and
DMI/TranscutolP solvents
addition of HPC mixture



stickiness of HPC
plus Nisso HPC L and M
was 5,300 cps, after



mixture when adding to
Solvated for 48 hours
addition of HPC mixture



base mix of castor
followed by addition of
(no stringing



oil/Aerosil and DMI
SiO2



RD11084P
Used part of RD1108P to





add 0.3% H2O to





evaluate impact on





viscosity









Example 10
Franz Cell Studies—Testosterone Rates of Diffusion

Generally speaking, soak the membrane for 30 minutes in the diffusion solution. After put the membrane on the Franz Cell. Put the ring and the donor chamber on the membrane and clamp it. Add approx. one gram of gel (TBS 1 A 4% or 8%). Check the level of diffusion solution in Franz Cells. It's supposed to be on the mark. Put “parafilm” on the sampling port to avoid evaporation. Withdraw 0.3 mL of sample at 60, 120, 180, 240, 300 and 360 minutes using syringe. Add diffusion solution to make up to the mark of Franz Cells. Each sample should be collected in insert.


A typical Fanz cell used in accordance with this Example 9 and the invention is depicted in FIG. 12. The materials include:

    • Diffusion solution: Ethanol/Water 50:50
    • Membrane: Millipore 0.45 μm.
    • Temperature: 37°±0.5° C.
    • Stirring speed: 600 rpm.
    • Medium volume: 20 mL.
    • Surface area: 1.7671 cm2
    • Number of Franz Cells: 6.
    • Sampling time (minutes): 60, 120, 180, 240, 300 and 360.
    • Aliquot volume: 0.3 mL.
    • Insert: 0.4 mL.


The TBS1A formulations are as follows and as reported in the Examples above and herein. The rate of diffusion results of testosterone through the Franz cell membrane, normalized for each gel concentrations being tested, measured as slope/mgT %, are reported below in the Franz Cell Table.


4% TBS1A Trial Formulations Used in Franz Cell











Trial Lot # RD11063


Batch size 500 g









Raw












Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















24 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone micronized
4.0
12% DMI to disperse





PVP and active



Castor Oil (V-O)
70.8
4% SiO2 in Castor oil
Steps:




plus 6% of DMI



PVP K17
1.5

A: add all SiO2 to Castor Oil


PVP K30
1.5

Followed by DMI portion


PVP K90
0.0

B: to the DMI add PVP,





follow


Co PVP S630
0.0

With HPC and hold 24 hrs


DMI
18.0

C: add active


Transcutol P
0.0

D: add to mix A)


HPC Nisso L
0.0




HPC Nisso M
0.0

Temp range NMT 60C


HPC Nisso H
0.2

Homogenize active mixture


SiO2 (Cabosil-Aerosil 200)
4.0

Viscosity 3,650 cps 10/05/11)



















Trial Lot # RD11085


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments








24 hrs Franz Cell


Testosterone micronized
4.0
10% DMI used to dissolve active



Castor Oil (V-O)
70.7
2.5% of SiO2 mixed into Castor
Steps:




Oil



PVP K17
0.0

A: Active/DMI mixture





added


PVP K30
0.0

to Castor Oil/SiO2 mix


PVP K90
0.0

B: add SiO2 to HPC after 24 h


Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
16.0
6% DMI used for HPC dispersion
C: add HPC mixture to main


Transcutol P
6.0
Used to disperse HPC and solvate
bulk




for 24 hrs



HPC Nisso L
0.2
0.3% of SiO2 mixed into HPC





mixture



HPC Nisso M
0.3

Temp range NMT 60C


HPC Nisso H
0.0

Homogenize active mixture


SiO2 (Cabosil-Aerosil 200)
2.8

Viscosity 4,900 cps (10/05/11)



















Trial Lot # RD11038


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments








6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone micronized
4.0
Add to PVP mixture



Castor Oil (V-O)
57.0
All Cabosil into Castor
A: add to the Castor Oil/SiO2




Oil



PVP K17
3.0

Mix the PVP active mixture


PVP K30
0.0




PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
2.0




DMI
20.0
All DMI and Transcutol P





to disperse PVP



Transcutol P
10.0




HPC Nisso L
0.0




HPC Nisso M
0.0

Homogenize active mixture


HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2 (Cabosil-Aerosil 200)
4.0

Viscosity 1,800 cps



















Trial Lot # RD11039


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0




micronized





Castor Oil (V - O)
29.0
Mix Castor oil +





Labrafil + Cabosil



PVP K17
3.0




PVP K30
0.0




PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
2.0
PVP into DMI +





Tr-P followed by





active



DMI
20.0




Transcutol P
10.0




Labrafil
29.0




HPC Nisso M
0.0




HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2
3.0

Viscosity 1,380


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)



















Trial Lot # RD11040


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0
Mix in 12% DMI and



micronized

6% Tr-P



Castor Oil (V - O)
57.0
Combine Castor oil +





SiO2 + 13% DMI +





4% TrP



PVP K17
0.0




PVP K30
0.0




PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
25.0




Transcutol P
10.0




HPC Nisso L
0.0




HPC Nisso M
0.0




HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2
4.0

Viscosity 11,040


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)



















Trial Lot # RD11042


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0
Active dissolve in



micronized

13% DMI + 4% Tr-P



Castor Oil (V - O)
29.0
Castor oil + Labrafil +





SiO2 + 12% DMI +





6% Tr-P



PVP K17
0.0




PVP K30
0.0




PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
25.0




Transcutol P
10.0




Labrafil
29.0




HPC Nisso M
0.0




HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2
3.0

Viscosity 1,430


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)


cps



















Trial Lot # RD11051


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0
20% DMI + PVP +



micronized

N-M + 0.2% i02



Castor Oil (V - O)
66.7
Castor Oil + SiO2 1.8% +





4% DMI



PVP K17
0.0

Easier addition





of HPCadding


PVP K30
3.0

Small % of





SiO2


PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
24.0




Transcutol P
0.0




HPC Nisso L
0.0




HPC Nisso M
0.3




HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2
2.0

Viscosity 2,100


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)


cps



















Trial Lot # RD11055


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0
DMI 16% + Transc 4% +



micronized

pvp + active



Castor Oil (V - O)
62.0
Castor Oil + SiO2 3% +





7% DMI + Trans 1%



PVP K17
0.0




PVP K30
0.0




PVP K90
3.0




Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
23.0




Transcutol P
5.0




HPC Nisso L
0.0




HPC Nisso M
0.0




HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2
3.0

Exceeded test


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)


range



















Trial Lot # RD11078


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0




micronized





Castor Oil (V - O)
68.0
Castor oil +
To be corrected




SiO2 −3% +
to 67.8%




6% DMI



PVP K17


for repeat (base)



0.0




PVP K30
1.0
DMI 10% +
Base prep RD11075




pvp + active



PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
16.0




Transcutol P
8.0
Transc P +
Prep on RD11069




both HPC



HPC Nisso L
0.0




HPC Nisso M
0.1

Requires adjustment of


HPC Nisso H
0.1

Castor oil by 0.2 %


SiO2
3.0

Viscosity 2,700 cps


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)



















Trial Lot # RD11054


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0




micronized





Castor Oil (V - O)
61.4
Castor Oil + SiO2 3% +





DMI 7% + Transc 1%



PVP K17
0.0




PVP K30
3.0
DMI 16% + Trans 4% +





pvp + HPC + active



PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
23.0




Transcutol P
5.0




HPC Nisso L
0.0




HPC Nisso M
0.6




HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2
3.0

Viscosity


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)


14,000 cps



















Trial Lot # RD11061


Batch size 500 g










Raw





Materials/grade
%
Process
comments
















6 hr Franz Cell


Testosterone
4.0




micronized





Castor Oil (V - O)
71.0
Castor oil + SiO2 +





Labrafil



PVP K17
2.0
DMI 16% + Transc 2% +





PVP+ active



PVP K30
0.0




PVP K90
0.0




Co PVP S630
0.0




DMI
16.0




Transcutol P
2.0




Labrafil
2.0




HPC Nisso M
0.0




HPC Nisso H
0.0




SiO2
3.0

Viscosity 960


(Cabosil -Aerosil 200)


cps



















Franz Cell Table - Slope/mqT %



























Lot nr/














composition %/
Testos-
Castor
PVP
PVP
PVP
CoPVP



HPC
HPC
HPC


Franz
terone
Oil
K17
K30
K90
630
Labrafil
DMI
Transcutol
L
M
H





Reference
4
88
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0


R viscous
4
87.7
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0


TBS1a
4
50.5
3
0
0
2
0
25
10
0
0
0


IMP11001


4%


TBS1a
4
65.5
3
0
0
2
0
15
5
0
0
0


IMP11002


4%


TBS1a
8
46.5
3
0
0
2
0
25
10
0
0
0


IMP11003 8%


RD11089
8
46.5
3
0
0
2
0
25
10
0
0.5
0


RD11089A
8
46.5
3
0
0
2
0
25
10
0
0.5
0


RD11087
8
55.9
0
0
0
0
0
27
6
0.2
0.3
0


RD11101
8
46.1
5
0
0
0
0
25
10
0.4
0.4
0


RD11102
8
46.1
5
0
0
0
0
25
10
0.4
0.4
0


RD11104
8
42.2
5
0
0
0
4
25
10
0.4
0.4
0


RD11038
4
57
3
0
0
2
0
20
10
0
0
0


RD11039
4
29
3
0
0
2
29
20
10
0
0
0


RD11040
4
57
0
0
0
0
0
25
10
0
0
0


RD11042
4
29
0
0
0
0
29
25
10
0
0
0


RD11051
4
66.7
0
3
0
0
0
24
0
0
0.3
0


RD11053
4
61.7
3
0
0
0
0
22
6
0
0
0.3


RD11054
4
61.4
0
3
0
0
0
23
5
0
0.6
0


RD11055
4
62
0
0
3
0
0
23
5
0
0
0


RD11061
4
71
2
0
0
0
2
16
2
0
0
0


RD11063
4
70.8
1.5
1.5
0
0
0
18
0
0
0
0.2


RD11078
4
68
0
1
0
0
0
16
8
0
0.1
0.1


RD11085
4
70.7
0
0
0
0
0
16
6
0.2
0.3
0






















Lot nr/
HPC




Inter-







composition %/
XH


Inter-

cept/
Slope/
Povidone
HPC



Franz
F
SiO2
water
cept
slope
mgT %
mgT %
T
Total
control







Reference
0
4
0
−241.78
132.62
−60.45
33.16
0.00
0
100



R viscous
0
4
0.3
−389.81
135.27
−97.45
33.82
0.00
0
100



TBS1a
0.5
5
0
−1371.8
300.02
−342.95
75.01
5.00
0.5
100



IMP11001



4%



TBS1a
0.5
5
0
−991.01
220.68
−247.75
55.17
5.00
0.5
100



IMP11002



4%



TBS1a
0.5
5
0
−2673.9
613.24
−334.24
76.66
5.00
0.5
100



IMP11003 8%



RD11089
0
5
0
−1999.2
489.46
−249.90
61.18
5.00
0.5
100



RD11089A
0
5
0.3
−1454.6
425.39
−181.83
53.17
5.00
0.5
100.3



RD11087
0
2.6
0
−2810.2
636.05
−351.28
79.51
0.00
0.5
100



RD11101
0
5.1
0
−2085.1
525.63
−260.64
65.70
5.00
0.8
100



RD11102
0
6.1
0
−2069.9
499.5
−258.74
62.44
5.00
0.8
101



RD11104
0
5
0
−3397.2
755.62
−424.65
94.45
5.00
0.8
100



RD11038
0
4
0
−1265.3
271.06
−316.33
67.77
5.00
0
100



RD11039
0
3
0
−3084.4
508.88
−771.10
127.22
5.00
0
100



RD11040
0
4
0
−312.27
389.27
−78.07
97.32
0.00
0
100



RD11042
0
3
0
−1687.5
366.34
−421.88
91.59
0.00
0
100



RD11051
0
2
0
−1614.1
313.35
−403.53
78.34
3.00
0.3
100



RD11053
0
3
0
−1187.7
261.82
−296.93
65.46
3.00
0.3
100



RD11054
0
3
0
−1214.3
244.7
−303.58
61.18
3.00
0.6
100



RD11055
0
3
0
−1428.1
307.28
−357.03
76.82
3.00
0
100



RD11061
0
3
0
−2327.6
397.43
−581.90
99.36
2.00
0
100



RD11063
0
4
0
−924.39
187.46
−231.10
46.87
3.00
0.2
100



RD11078
0
3
0
−1309.9
269.37
−327.48
67.34
1.00
0.2
100.2



RD11085
0
2.8
0
−1550
272.4
−387.50
68.10
0.00
0.5
100










The TBS-1A Gel In Vitro Release Rate Validation concerning Release Rate Study Summary for TBS-1A Gel 4.0% and TBS-1A Gel 4.5% are presented in Exhibits A and B submitted herewith.


These summaries summarize the release rate experiment data for exemplary TBS-1A Gels. There are four Nasobol Gels (0.15%, 0.6%, 4.0% and 4.5%) for the method validation. The purpose of the Day1 and Day2 test are to determine the specificity and intraday/interday precision of the slope(release rate), Day3 and Day4 are to evaluate the slope sensitivity to the sample strength variation.


See Exhibit A (4.0%) and Exhibit B (4.5%) submitted herewith, both of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.


Example 11
Topical Testosterone Formulations
A Testosterone Non Aqueous, Non-Oily Gel















1.
Testosterone
15% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
25%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 5%


4.
Povidone K30 (Polyvidone)
 5%


5.
Nisso HPC HF (Hydroxypropyl cellulose)
 1%


6.
Ethyl Alcohol (>=95%) Ethanol
49%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate and adjust at 50° C., add 100 g of (2) and 20 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (60 g of 1); 20 g of (4) and 4 g of (5), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles).


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly 120 g Ethanol (6) when the temp ° is less than 40° C., add the remaining (6) when it is cooled below 30° C.


A Testosterone Non Aqueous Gel















1.
Testosterone
10% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
20%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 5%


4.
Kollidon VA 64 (Co-Polyvidone)
 4%


5.
Nisso HPC HF (Hydroxypropyl cellulose)
 1%


6.
Oleic acid
10%


7.
Tocopherol Acetate
 2%


8.
Ethyl Alcohol (>=95%) Ethanol
49%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 80 g of (2) and 20 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (40 g of 1); 16 g of (4) and 4 g of (5), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles).


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly, 40 g of (6), 8 g of (7) and 120 g Ethanol (8) when the temp ° is less than 40° C., add the remaining (8) when it is cooled below 30° C.


A Testosterone Non Aqueous Non-Oily Gel

















1.
Testosterone
12% W/W



2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
20%



3.
Gelucire 50/13 (stearoyl -polyoxyglycerides)
10%



4.
Povidone K17 (Polyvidone)
 6%



5.
Oleic acid
 2%



6.
IPA (Isopropanol)
10%



7.
Ethyl Alcohol (>=95%) Ethanol
40%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 80 g of (2) and 40 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (48 g of 1); 24 g of (4) and 8 g of (5), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles).


When the gel is clear, let it cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly 40 g of IPA (6) and 100 g Ethanol (7) when the temp ° is less than 40° C., add the remaining (7) when it is cooled below 30° C.


A Testosterone Non Aqueous Gel















1.
Testosterone
15% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Crodamol EO (Oleyl Acetate)
 4%


5.
Povidone K30 (Polyvidone)
 5%


6.
Nisso HPC HF (Hydroxypropyl cellulose)
 1%


7.
IPA (Isopropyl alcohol)
50%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, placed on heater plate adjusted at 50° C., add 96 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (60 g of 1); 16 g of (4), 20 g of (5) and 4 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles).


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly 150 g IPA (7) when the tp ° is less than 40 Deg. C, add the remaining (7) when cooled below 30° C.


A Testosterone Non Aqueous Gel















1.
Testosterone
15% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Labrafil M1944 CS (Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides)
 4%


5.
Povidone K30 (Polyvidone)
 5%


6.
Nisso HPC HF (Hydroxypropyl cellulose)
 1%


7.
IPA (Isopropyl alcohol)
50%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, placed on heater plate adjusted at 50° C., add 96 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (60 g of 1); 16 g of (4), 20 g of (5) and 4 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles).


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly 150 g IPA (7) when the tp ° is less than 40 Deg. C, add the remaining (7) when cooled below 30° C.


A Testosterone Non Aqueous Gel















1.
Testosterone
 8% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
25%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 5%


4.
Labrafil M1944 CS (Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides)
 4%


5.
Povidone K30 (Polyvidone)
 5%


6.
Nisso HPC HF (Hydroxypropyl cellulose)
 1%


7.
Vitamin E acetate (Tocopheryl acetate)
 2%


8.
IPA (Isopropyl alcohol)
35%


9.
Water
15%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 100 g of (2) and 20 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (32 g of 1); 16 g of (4), 20 g of (5), 4 g of (6), and 8 g of (7) while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles).


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly 150 g IPA (8) when the temp ° is less than 40 Deg. C, then add the remaining water (60 g of 8) when it is cooled below 30° C.


Testosterone Cream














Component
W/W %








Purified Water, USP
 43.2



Testosterone
 10



Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
 15



Transcutol P
 5



Carbomer 981, NF
 0.15



Glycerin, NF
 6



Emulcire TM 61 WL
 2



[Cetyl alcohol, Ceteth-20, Steareth-20]




Gelot 64 ®
 2



[Glyceryl Stearate, PEG-75 Stearate]




Labrafac CC
 6



[Caprylic/Capric Triglycerides]




Phenoxyethanol, NF
 0.4



Chlorhexidine Gluconate Solution 20%, USP
 0.5



Chlorocresol, NF
 0.05



Tromethamine, USP
 0.2



Cyclotetrasiloxane
 3



Sepineo TM P 600
 3.5



[Acrylamide, Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate




Copolymer, Isohexanedecane, Polysorbate 20]




Tocopherol, NF
 3



Total Amount
100.00%









Step 1:

In a stainless steel jacketed tank (Main Tank), add 82.2% of the total amount of USP Purified Water, and then sprinkle Carbomer onto the surface of the water. Allow Carbomer to fully wet and then mix until well dispersed.


Step 2:

Add 50.0% of the total amount of Glycerin to the Main Tank (Step1). Mix until uniform and then heat up until a temperature of 75° C.±5° C. is reached. Then, stop heating.


Step 3:

In a stainless steel jacketed tank (Preparation Tank 1), add the following ingredients and then mix with a spatula:

    • Emulcire™ 61 WL [Cetyl alcohol, Ceteth-20, Steareth-20]
    • Gelot 64®[Glyceryl Stearate, PEG-75 Stearate]
    • Labrafac CC [Caprylic/Capric Triglycerides]
    • Heat up until a temperature of 75° C.±5° C. is reached. Then, stop heating.


Step 4:

Add the mix of Step 3 to the Main Tank (Step 1) under agitation. When a white and uniform emulsion is obtained, homogenize for 15 minutes.


Allow the mixture to cool until a temperature of ≤35° C.±5° C. is reached.


Step 5:

In a stainless steel container (Preparation Tank 2), add the following ingredients and mix with a spatula:

    • Glycerin (50.0% of the total amount)
    • Phenoxyethanol
    • Chlorhexidine gluconate 20% solution
    • Chlorocresol
    • USP Purified Water (11.6% of the total amount)


Mix well until Chlorocresol is totally dissolved and the mix is uniform.


Step 6:

Add the mix of Step 5 in the Main Tank (Step 1) under agitation 41


Step 7:

In a stainless steel container (Preparation tank 3), add the remainder of the USP Purified Water (6.2% of the total amount)


Add Tromethamine and mix well until totally dissolved.


Step 8:

Add the mix of Step 7 to the main Tank (Step 1) under agitation.


Homogenize until uniform (between 15 and 20 minutes).


Step 9:

Take a sample (50 g) from the mix in Step 8 and measure the pH.


If the measured value is not between 6.8 and 8.0, then proceed with pH adjustment by slowly adding 50 ml of a tromethamine 10% solution to the main Tank under agitation.


Check pH again by taking a sample as described above.


Repeat this step until a pH between 6.8 and 8.0 is obtained.


Step 10:

In a stainless steel container (Preparation Tank 4), add the following ingredients in that order and mix with a spatula until uniform.


Sepineo™ P600 [Acrylamide, Sodium Acryloyldimethyl Taurate Copolymer, Isohexanedecane, Polysorbate 20]

    • Cyclotetrasiloxane
    • Tocopherol
    • Arlasolve and Transcutol
    • Heat up to 50 C under gentle agitation and dissolve testosterone
    • The PURO110 will remain in suspension.


Step 11:

Add the mix of Step 10 in the Main Tank (Step 1) under agitation and heat and let cool down to 25° C.±2° C. Mix until uniform.


Testosterone Gel















1.
Testosterone
15% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Labrafil M1944 CS (Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides)
 4%


5.
Povidone K30 (Polyvidone)
 5%


6.
Nisso HPC HF (Hydroxypropyl cellulose)
 1%


7.
Silicon Dioxide (Aerosil 200)
 4%


8.
Water (USP Purified)
 6%


9.
IPA (Isopropyl alcohol)
40%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 96 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (60 g of 1); 16 g of (4), 20 g of (5), 4 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles). Add 12 g of (7) under middle sheer steering.


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly 120 g IPA (7) and 24 g of water when the temp ° is less than 40° C., and add the remaining (7) when it is cooled below 30° C.


Testosterone Lotion















1.
Testosterone
15% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Labrafil M1944 CS (Oleoyl polyoxylglycerides)
 8%


5.
Povidone K30 (Polyvidone)
 5%


6.
Silicon oil USP 400 cps
 1%


7.
Silicon Dioxide (Aerosil 200)
 4%


8.
Water (USP Purified)
 6%


9.
IPA (Isopropyl alcohol)
36%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 72 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (60 g of 1); 32 g of (4), 4 g of (5), 4 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles). Add 12 g of (7) under middle sheer steering.


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and then add slowly 100 g IPA (7) and 24 g of water when the temp ° is less than 40° C., and then add the remaining (7) when it is cooled below 30° C.


Testosterone Gel Film















1.
Testosterone
15% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Lutrol F127 ( Poloxamer 407)
 4%


5.
Kollidon VA 64 (co-Polyvidone)
 5%


6.
Silicon oil USP 400 cps
 1%


7.
Sepineo P 600
 4%


8.
Water (USP Purified)
 6%


9.
IPA (Isopropyl alcohol)
40%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 72 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (60 g of 1); 16 g of (4), 20 g of (5), 4 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles). Add 12 g of (7) under middle sheer steering.


When the gel is clear, let cool slowing with a magnetic stirrer and add slowly 120 g IPA (7) and 24 g of water when the temp ° is less than 40° C., then add the remaining (7) when it is cooled below 30° C.


Testosterone Ointment















1.
Testosterone
10% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Lutrol F127 ( Poloxamer 407)
15%


5.
Sepineo P600
 5%


6.
Magrogol 4000
40%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 72 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (60 g of 1), 60 g of (4), 20 g of (5), 160 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles). Let cool to 30° C. under gentle mix.


Testosterone Ointment















1.
Testosterone
10% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Lutrol F127 ( Poloxamer 407)
15%


5.
Sepineo P600
 5%


6.
Magrogol 4000
40%









Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 72 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (40 g of 1), 60 g of (4), 20 g of (5), 160 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles). Let cool to 30° C. under gentle mix.


Testosterone Ointment















1.
Testosterone
18% W/W


2.
Arlasolve (Dimethyl Isosorbide)
18%


3.
Transcutol P (Diethylene glycol mono-methyl ether)
 7%


4.
Lutrol F127 ( Poloxamer 407)
15%


5.
Sepineo P600
 5%


6.
Magrogol 4000
40%










Procedure: in a beaker 500 ml, place on heater plate that is adjusted at 50° C., add 72 g of (2) and 28 g of (3), dissolve adding slowly Testosterone (72 g of 1), 60 g of (4), 20 g of (5), 160 g of (6), while stirring using a mini Silverson (avoid air bubbles). Let cool to 30° C. under gentle mix.


The complete disclosures of the patents, patent documents, and publications cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entireties as if each were individually incorporated. In case of conflict, the present specification, including definitions, shall control. The foregoing description illustrates only certain embodiments of the present invention. The present invention therefore is not limited to the foregoing examples and illustrative embodiments and such are provided as examples only and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Thus, various modifications and alterations to the present invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of this invention. That is, persons skilled in the art will appreciate and understand that modifications and variations are, or will be, possible to utilize and carry out the teachings of the present invention described herein. Accordingly, all suitable modifications, variations and equivalents may be resorted to, and such modifications, variations and equivalents are intended to fall within the scope of the present invention as described and within the scope of the claims.


In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
Nasobol Gel In Vitro Release Rate Validation Update
Release Rate Study Summary





    • Part 3: Nasobol Gel 4.0%





Purpose

This summary summarized all release rate experiment data for Nasobol Gels


There are four Nasobol Gels (0.15%, 0.6%, 4.0% and 4.5%) for the method validation.


The purpose of the Day1 and Day2 test are to determin the specificity and intraday/interday precsion of the slope(release rate), Day3 and Day4 are to evaluate the slope sensitivity to the sample strength variation.


Exhibit A
In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
Nasobol Gel 4.0% Release Rate











Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5


















Day1
Day2
Day3
Day3
Day3
Day4
Day4
Day4




Mean(n = 6)
Mean(n = 6)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)


Time

4.0% Testos-
4.0% Testos-
2.0% Testos-
4.0% Testos-
8.0% Testos-
2.0% Testos-
4.0% Testos-
8.0% Testos-


(minutes)
Time0.5
terone Gel
terone Gel
terone Gel
terone Gel
terone Gel
terone Gel
terone Gel
terone Gel




























1518.098


120.00
10.95
1063.383
1051.045
526.164
1066.343
2099.274
498.872
996.688
2196.381


180.00
13.42
1386.71
1325.531
669.171
1331.988
2640.811
629.72
1288.523
2661.035


240.00
15.49
1646.814
1574.32
789.773
1585.054
3131.276
752.381
1503.981
3099.653


300.00
17.32
1866.587
1797.506
891.225
1774.893
3523.548
873.102
1781.223
3609.113


360.00
18.97
2066.757
1987.891
983.135
1950.68
3907.737
971.374
1902.587
3831.99


Slope
n/a
123.93
116.38
57.69
112.98
227.00
58.12
112.97
210.03


R2
n/a
0.9995
0.9976
0.9998
0.9989
0.9995
0.9981
0.9952
0.9967









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
4% Day1 Release Rate
Testosterone 4% Gel











Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve















Time
Cell A#1
Cell A#2
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell#5
Cell#6
Mean 1-6
% RSD 1-6


















60.00
100.615
100.156
101.259
104.065
96.829
102.531
100.909
2.4


120.00
151.286
149.754
151.980
154.908
150.156
156.241
152.388
1.7


180.00
193.494
190.313
193.585
197.317
188.895
198.299
193.651
1.9


240.00
222.232
221.742
222.845
228.588
218.647
229.252
223.884
1.9


300.00
248.200
246.211
245.509
247.784
240.822
252.989
246.919
1.6


360.00
263.755
264.893
269.185
269.287
256.350
273.175
266.108
2.2










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)















Time0.5
Cell A#1
Cell A#2
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
CellA#5
CellA#6
Mean 1-6
% RSD 1-6


















7.75
683.255
680.138
687.628
706.683
657.545
696.266
685.253
2.4


10.95
1055.820
1045.287
1060.715
1081.392
1047.075
1090.010
1063.383
1.7


13.42
1385.252
1363.087
1386.248
1413.214
1352.630
1419.826
1386.709
1.9


15.49
1635.154
1630.364
1639.722
1681.399
1608.117
1686.130
1646.814
1.9


17.32
1874.378
1859.269
1856.682
1876.434
1820.569
1912.189
1866.587
1.6


18.97
2050.237
2055.800
2086.927
2092.567
1994.157
2120.851
2066.756
2.1


Slope
123.44
123.83
124.46
123.99
120.04
127.49
123.87
1.9


R2
0.9994
0.9995
0.9995
0.9993
0.9995
0.9998
0.9995
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
System Suitability for 4% Gel Day1
1: Medium (Diluent)
















Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of




Testosterone from diluent injection



Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks




at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent



Comment
Pass










2: Injection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4














Result














% RSD
% RSD of
Tailing
Theoretical



RT
of RT
Peak area
factor(T)
Plate (N)






1.14
0
0.5
1.5
5269











Criteria
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass










3: Calibration Curve Y=16191.343821x−559.963706
























RSD(%)







Conc.
Peak

of RF
Coefficient


20% of STD


STD
(μg/ml)
area
RF
(n = 6)
(R)
Slope
Y-intercept
1 Area























STD-1
1.007454
15678.350061
15562.3
1.3
1.0000
16016.225515
−601.467936
3136


STD-2
6.296588
99672.085270
15829.5


STD-3
25.186350
398070.161828
15805.0


STD-4
50.372700
810465.147146
16089.4


STD-5
100.745400
1622229.048516
16102.3


STD-6
201.490800
3218113.506026
15971.5


Mean
N/A
N/A
15893








Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient(R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)
















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria




















CSTD-1
101.8
101.0
101.0
  90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing


CSTD-2
100.5
99.8
99.1
98.0.0-102.0%
to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSTD-3
101.4
102.6
101.3
98.0.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs







are not at the same concentration







level








Comment
Pass









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
4% Day2 Release Rate
Testosterone 4% Gel

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve















Time
Cell A#2
Cell A#4
Cell A#6
Cell B#1
Cell B#3
Cell B#5
Mean 1-6
% RSD 1-6


















60.00
98.828
102.754
103.493
100.481
97.477
101.409
100.740
2.3


120.00
147.568
153.454
156.309
150.502
143.917
151.716
150.578
2.9


180.00
181.258
190.061
184.198
185.232
181.807
185.787
184.724
1.7


240.00
216.954
213.139
220.725
218.545
212.788
199.829
213.663
3.5


300.00
238.102
241.620
251.876
240.200
235.770
218.192
237.627
4.6


360.00
257.241
261.849
264.068
253.383
252.537
245.490
255.761
2.7










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)















Time0.5
Cell A#2
Cell A#4
Cell A#6
Cell B#1
CellB#3
CellB#5
Mean 1-6
% RSD 1-6


















7.75
671.120
697.781
702.799
682.345
661.946
688.647
684.106
2.3


10.95
1030.066
1071.148
1090.744
1050.458
1004.891
1058.965
1051.045
2.9


13.42
1300.602
1363.158
1324.360
1328.887
1302.915
1333.262
1325.531
1.7


15.49
1594.293
1573.653
1624.526
1607.519
1564.743
1481.186
1574.320
3.2


17.32
1799.291
1827.369
1898.520
1816.411
1781.017
1662.427
1797.506
4.3


18.97
1996.631
2033.106
2052.581
1973.898
1961.589
1909.539
1987.891
2.6


Slope
119.08
118.14
122.09
116.96
117.37
104.35
116.33
5.3


R2
0.9988
0.9989
0.9959
0.9989
0.9993
0.9939
0.9976
0.2












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Ga 4.0%
System Suitability for Nasobol Gel 4% Day2
1: Medium (Diluent)
















Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of




Testosterone from diluent injection



Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks




at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent



Comment
Pass










2: Injection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4














Result














% RSD
% RSD of
Tailing
Theoretical



RT
of RT
Peak area
factor(T)
Plate (N)






1.14
0.1
0.3
1.5
5094











Criteria
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass










3: Calibration Curve Y=16191.343821-x-559.963706
























RSD(%)







Conc.
Peak

of RF
Coefficient


20% of STD


STD
(μg/ml)
area
RF
(n = 6)
(R)
Slope
Y-intercept
1 Area























STD-1
1.003470
15871.570115
15816.7
0.9
1.0000
16191.343821
−559.9637
3174


STD-2
6.271688
100682.070782
16053.4


STD-3
25.086750
402654.168260
16050.5


STD-4
50.173500
807908.024269
16102.3


STD-5
100.347000
1629574.944607
16239.4


STD-6
200.694000
3250566.943235
16196.6


Mean
N/A
N/A
16076.5








Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient(R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)
















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria




















CSTD-1
99.9
100.5
99.9
  90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing


CSTD-2
99.1
99.6
99.6
98.0.0-102.0%
to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSTD-3
99.5
99.1
99.8
98.0.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs







are not at the same concentration







level








Comment
Pass









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
4% Day3 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 2.0%











Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#2
Cell A#6
Cell B#3
Cell B#4
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















60.00
48.687
51.463
48.815
48.993
49.490
2.7


120.00
73.695
78.583
73.975
75.427
75.420
3.0


180.00
90.962
97.059
91.673
93.652
93.337
2.9


240.00
104.753
111.751
104.737
107.587
107.207
3.1


300.00
114.343
121.973
115.610
118.793
117.680
2.9


360.00
122.380
131.256
123.836
127.772
126.311
3.2










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#2
Cell A#6
Cell B#3
Cell B#4
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















7.75
330.623
349.474
331.492
332.701
336.073
2.7


10.95
514.223
548.202
516.161
526.071
526.164
3.0


13.42
652.332
695.903
657.275
671.175
669.171
2.9


15.49
771.721
823.136
771.929
792.304
789.773
3.1


17.32
866.484
924.172
875.400
898.843
891.225
2.9


18.97
953.415
1021.723
963.973
993.430
983.135
3.1


Slope
55.61
59.82
56.40
58.83
57.66
3.4


R2
0.9996
0.9997
0.9999
0.9999
0.9998
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
4.0% Day3 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 4.0%











Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#1
Cell A#5
Cell B#2
Cell B#6
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















60.00
100.960
101.116
102.665
95.377
100.030
3.2


120.00
154.364
154.139
154.940
147.997
152.860
2.1


180.00
186.594
184.120
190.461
181.262
185.609
2.1


240.00
208.156
214.565
216.224
209.841
212.197
1.8


300.00
233.787
235.816
238.251
229.168
234.256
1.6


360.00
254.064
253.085
253.819
240.556
250.381
2.6










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#1
Cell A#5
Cell B#2
Cell B#6
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















7.75
685.598
686.657
697.176
647.685
679.279
3.2


10.95
1076.820
1075.336
1081.214
1032.003
1066.343
2.2


13.42
1339.364
1322.544
1366.269
1299.774
1331.988
2.1


15.49
1538.584
1581.386
1595.111
1545.136
1565.054
1.8


17.32
1771.536
1786.408
1805.872
1735.756
1774.893
1.7


18.97
1975.383
1970.402
1979.004
1877.932
1950.680
2.5


Slope
112.89
114.01
114.24
110.57
112.93
1.5


R2
0.9985
0.9994
0.9996
0.9981
0.9989
0.1












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
4.0% Day3 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 8.0%











Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell B#1
Cell B#5
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















60.00
194.025
206.537
196.509
200.268
199.335
2.7


120.00
291.732
312.939
296.662
301.987
300.830
3.0


180.00
366.623
382.831
355.576
367.135
368.041
3.0


240.00
420.979
432.753
416.896
429.097
424.931
1.7


300.00
462.747
469.037
459.111
469.069
464.991
1.1


360.00
500.130
507.265
493.510
507.861
502.192
1.3










Actual Amount of Active Released (g/cm2) Versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell B#1
Cell B#5
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















7.75
1317.582
1402.549
1334.451
1359.977
1353.640
2.7


10.95
2035.989
2183.542
2070.171
2107.395
2099.274
3.0


13.42
2627.103
2746.709
2554.183
2635.248
2640.811
3.0


15.49
3099.959
3194.041
3071.205
3159.900
3131.276
1.8


17.32
3502.713
3562.885
3475.838
3552.754
3523.547
1.2


18.97
3887.507
3955.197
3839.340
3948.905
3907.737
1.4


Slope
229.29
225.09
223.05
230.19
226.91
1.5


R2
0.9999
0.9991
0.9994
0.9997
0.9995
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
System Suitability for Nasobol Gel 4.0% Day3
1: Medium (Diluent)
















Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of




Testosterone from diluent injection



Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks




at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent



Comment
Pass










2: Infection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4














Result














% RSD
% RSD of
Tailing
Theoretical



RT
of RT
Peak area
factor(T)
Plate (N)






1.14
0.1
0.1
1.5
4972











Criteria
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass










3: Calibration Curve Y=16400.350881x−586.919769
























RSD(%)



20% of



Conc.


of RF
Coefficient


STD-1


STD
(μg/ml)
Peak area
RF
(n = 6)
(R)
Slope
Y-intercept
Area























STD-1
1.003470
16088.445108
16032.8
0.9
1.0000
16400.350881
−586.91977
3218


STD-2
6.271688
101510.899703
16185.6


STD-3
25.086750
409080.663218
16306.6


STD-4
50.173500
818519.065346
16313.8


STD-5
100.347000
1648916.727544
16432.1


STD-6
200.694000
3293160.361302
16408.8


Mean
N/A
N/A
16280.0








Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient(R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)
















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria




















CSTD-1
100.6
98.3
98.7
  90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing


CSTD-2
99.4
98.6
98.1
98.0.0-102.0%
to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSID-3
98.8
98.9
98.1
98.0.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs







are not at the same concentration







level








Comment
Pass









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
Testosterone Gel 2% Day4 Release Rate

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time



















Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Mean
% RSD


Time
A#1
A#5
B#2
B#6
1-4
1-4





















60.00
46.114
45.990
46.957
48.744
46.951
2.7


120.00
71.036
70.056
70.143
74.792
71.507
3.1


180.00
86.556
87.932
89.263
87.432
87.796
1.3


240.00
101.793
102.943
101.472
102.594
102.201
0.7


300.00
114.336
115.560
116.237
116.744
115.719
0.9


360.00
124.001
124.783
128.162
124.530
125.369
1.5










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#1
Cell A#5
Cell B#2
Cell B#6
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















7.75
313.150
312.308
318.875
331.010
318.836
2.7


10.95
495.438
488.748
489.613
521.689
498.872
3.1


13.42
620.931
629.963
639.299
628.687
629.720
1.2


15.49
748.893
756.779
747.465
756.387
752.381
0.6


17.32
862.872
871.586
876.442
881.506
873.102
0.9


18.97
960.856
966.916
990.312
967.412
971.374
1.3


Slope
57.62
58.68
59.48
56.59
58.09
2.2


R2
0.9990
0.9994
0.9971
0.9971
0.9982
0.1












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
Testosterone Gel 4% Day4 Release Rate

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time



















Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Mean
% RSD


Time
A#3
A#4
B#1
B#5
1-4
1-4





















60.00
97.536
101.702
92.098
101.777
98.278
4.7


120.00
139.740
145.279
136.327
149.357
142.676
4.1


180.00
174.342
184.915
173.585
185.982
179.706
3.7


240.00
202.707
208.453
197.116
207.509
203.946
2.6


300.00
240.715
238.723
227.099
238.562
236.275
2.6


360.00
252.426
248.202
226.276
250.303
244.302
5.0










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/cm2)



















% RSD


Time0.5
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell B#1
Cell B#5
Mean 1-4
1-4
















7.75
662.346
690.637
625.418
691.146
667.387
4.7


10.95
976.542
1015.335
951.827
1043.049
996.688
4.1


13.42
1251.057
1325.602
1243.412
1334.022
1288.523
3.7


15.49
1493.007
1537.765
1452.321
1532.831
1503.981
2.6


17.32
1808.467
1802.303
1711.703
1802.420
1781.224
2.6


18.97
1956.104
1934.220
1770.372
1949.652
1902.587
4.7


Slope
118.16
113.57
106.62
113.31
112.92
4.2


R2
0.9927
0.9973
0.9925
0.9981
0.9952
0.3












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
Testosterone Gel 8% Day4 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 8%











Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve














Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Mean
% RSD


Time
A#2
A#6
B#3
B#4
1-4
1-4
















60.00
225.146
222.059
224.685
222.320
223.553
0.7


120.00
317.633
309.500
316.071
313.279
314.121
1.1


180.00
370.322
367.146
370.947
369.411
369.457
0.5


240.00
418.459
415.671
421.783
418.698
418.653
0.6


300.00
480.398
469.438
476.809
478.279
476.231
1.0


360.00
494.787
483.727
487.877
490.443
489.209
0.9










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)



















% RSD


Time0.5
Cell A#2
Cell A#6
Cell B#3
Cell B#4
Mean 1-4
1-4
















7.75
1528.919
1507.955
1525.788
1509.728
1518.097
0.7


10.95
2220.683
2164.580
2209.945
2190.316
2196.381
1.1


13.42
2668.357
2643.615
2672.029
2660.139
2661.035
0.5


15.49
3100.027
3077.021
3122.204
3099.361
3099.654
0.6


17.32
3639.045
3559.756
3615.218
3622.433
3609.113
1.0


18.97
3872.686
3789.616
3825.291
3840.365
3831.990
0.9


Slope
211.76
207.16
209.08
211.75
209.94
1.1


R2
0.9959
0.9976
0.9968
0.9964
0.9967
0.1












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.0%
System Suitability
1: Medium (Diluent)















Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of Testosterone from diluent injection


Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent


Comment
Pass










2: Infection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4


















RT
% RSD of RT
% RSD of Peak area
Tailing factor(T)
Theoretical Plate (N)







Result
1.14
0.0
0.2
1.5
4952


Criteria
Report
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass









3: Calibration Curve Y=16123.3297X−239.5651























RSD(%)



20% of



Conc.


of RF
Coefficient


STD-1


STD
(μg/ml)
Peak area
RF
(n = 6)
(R)
Slope
Y-intercept
Area























STD-1
1.0050
15966.5100
15887.1
0.8
1.0000
16123.2297
−239.5651
3193


STD-2
6.2810
100144.6504
15944.1


STD-3
25.1241
405793.1322
16151.5


STD-4
50.2482
815888.4936
16237.2


STD-5
100.4964
1622551.1592
16145.4


STD-6
200.9928
3231917.0302
16079.8


Mean
N/A
N/A
16074








Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient(R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)

















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria





















CSTD-1
100.6
100.4
99.2
90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSTD-2
100.2
100.7
99.9
98.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs are not at the same concentration


CSTD-3
100.1
100.9
100.0
98.0-102.0%
level








Comment
Pass









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
Nasobol Gel In Vitro Release Rate Validation Update
Release Rate Study Summary
Part 4: Nasobol Gel 4.5%
Purpose

This summary summarized all release rate experiment data for Nasobol Gels


There are four Nasobol Gels (0.15%, 0.6%, 4.0% and 4.5%) for the method validation.


The purpose of the Day1 and Day2 test are to determin the specificity and intraday/interday precision of the slope(release rate), Day3 and Day4 are to evaluate the slope sensitivity to the sample strength variation.


Exhibit B
In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
Nasobol Gel 4,5% Release Rate











Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5


















Day1
Day2
Day3
Day3
Day3
Day4
Day4
Day4




Mean(n = 6)
Mean(n = 6)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)
Mean(n = 4)




4.5%
4.5%
2.25%
4.5%
9.0%
2.25%
4.5%
9.0%


Time

Testosterone
Testosterone
Testosterone
Testosterone
Testosterone
Testosterone
Testosterone
Testosterone


(minutes)
Time0.5
Gel
Gel
Gel
Gel
Gel
Gel
Gel
Gel



















60.00
7.75
773.048
754.566
375.945
756.458
1504.968
373.524
771.827
1475.93


120.00
10.95
1201.776
1171.379
581.446
1169.142
2330.18
574.515
1208.152
2323.68


180.00
13.42
1522.374
1502.618
745.099
1480.649
2941.464
738.392
1539.298
2985.825


240.00
15.49
1801.026
1770.356
873.015
1735.057
3424.621
877.604
1828.254
3531.463


300.00
17.32
2024.528
2025.728
987.164
1958.075
3898.337
1000.244
2075.853
4017.858


360.00
18.97
2254.199
2260.112
1101.569
2194.036
4346.992
1102.393
2305.255
4463.589


Slope
n/a
131.44
133.81
64.35
126.88
250.89
65.44
136.58
266.09


R2
n/a
0.9997
0.9996
0.9998
0.9996
0.9995
0.9997
0.9999
1.0000









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
4.5% Day1 Release Rate
Testosterone 4.5% Gel

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve






















Mean
% RSD


Time
Cell A#1
Cell A#2
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell#5
Cell#6
1-6
1-6


















60.00
111.296
111.319
113.485
115.937
112.831
118.159
113.838
2.4


120.00
169.171
167.895
170.642
175.455
172.935
177.272
172.228
2.1


180.00
212.183
206.080
211.257
213.547
211.031
219.479
212.263
2.0


240.00
243.968
240.483
243.556
245.903
243.442
249.362
244.452
1.2


300.00
265.616
264.479
266.919
269.161
264.241
272.660
267.179
1.2


360.00
289.376
284.952
288.553
292.152
287.059
297.115
289.868
1.5










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)
















Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell


Mean
% RSD


Time0.5
A#1
A#2
A#3
A#4
CellA#5
CellA#6
1-6
1-6


















7.75
755.787
755.944
770.652
787.303
766.211
802.393
773.048
2.4


10.95
1180.295
1171.637
1190.904
1224.282
1206.290
1237.249
1201.776
2.1


13.42
1520.248
1478.449
1514.995
1532.601
1513.924
1574.027
1522.374
2.0


15.49
1796.130
1770.383
1794.106
1812.747
1793.731
1839.058
1801.026
1.3


17.32
2012.167
2001.379
2021.673
2040.265
2003.855
2067.826
2024.528
1.3


18.97
2248.672
2215.241
2244.109
2272.551
2233.574
2311.044
2254.199
1.5


Slope
132.51
130.29
131.17
131.37
129.66
133.29
131.38
1.0


R2
0.9997
0.9998
0.9999
0.9998
0.9995
0.9997
0.9998
0.0












Vitro Release Rate Method Validation For Nasobol Gel 4.5%
System Suitability for 4% Gel Day1
1: Medium (Diluent)














Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of Testosterone from diluent injection


Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent


Comment
Pass










2: Infection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4


















RT
% RSD of RT
% RSD of Peak area
Tailing factor(T)
Theoretical Plate (N)







Result
1.15
0
0.3
1.5
5099











Criteria
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass










3: Calibration Curve Y=16214.013222x−404.968835
























RSD(%)



20% of



Conc.


of RF
Coefficient


STD 1


STD
(μg/ml)
Peak area
RF
(n = 6)
(R)
Slope
Y-intercept
Area























STD-1
1.005000
16020.780118
15941.1
0.9
1.0000
16214.013222
−404.968835
3204


STD-2
6.281000
100148.430437
15944.7


STD-3
25.124100
407824.982776
16232.4


STD-4
50.248200
815077.609088
16221.0


STD-5
100.496400
1634589.943207
16265.2


STD-6
200.992800
3252481.085742
16182.1


Mean
N/A
N/A
16131








Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient(R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)

















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria





















CSTD-1
100.1
99.9
98.6
  90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSTD-2
100.6
99.7
99.0
98.0.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs are not at the same concentration


CSTD-3
100.5
100.2
98.7
98.0.0-102.0%
level








Comment
Pass









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
4.5% Day2 Release Rate
Testosterone 4,5% Gel

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve






















Mean
% RSD


Time
Cell A#2
Cell A#4
Cell A#6
Cell B#1
Cell B#3
Cell B#5
1-6
1-6


















60.00
108.443
114.787
116.970
110.229
103.462
112.806
111.116
4.4


120.00
165.786
171.091
175.955
165.082
160.313
168.966
167.866
3.2


180.00
205.096
212.317
217.530
208.624
199.765
214.561
209.649
3.1


240.00
236.056
241.544
254.045
236.272
228.447
245.676
240.340
3.7


300.00
262.962
267.630
280.500
266.963
255.981
273.553
267.932
3.2


360.00
284.142
294.602
303.353
289.922
277.465
298.212
291.283
3.3










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)






















Mean
% RSD


Time0.5
Cell A#2
Cell A#4
Cell A#6
Cell B#1
CellB#3
CellB#5
1-6
1-6


















7.75
736.413
779.494
794.318
748.542
702.588
766.042
754.566
4.4


10.95
1156.501
1194.321
1227.970
1152.226
1117.926
1179.331
1171.379
3.2


13.42
1470.356
1522.689
1560.083
1494.620
1431.197
1536.765
1502.618
3.1


15.49
1738.631
1781.238
1869.598
1741.402
1682.493
1808.771
1770.356
3.7


17.32
1988.136
2026.727
2121.131
2016.671
1934.110
2067.591
2025.728
3.2


18.97
2206.369
2285.614
2355.688
2248.118
2152.433
2312.447
2260.111
3.3


Slope
130.70
132.72
139.44
133.37
128.58
137.72
133.75
3.1


R2
0.9999
0.9992
0.9998
0.9992
0.9998
0.9996
0.9996
0.0












In Vito Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.6%
System Suitability for Nasobol Gel 4.5% Day2
1: Medium (Diluent)














Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of Testosterone from diluent injection


Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent


Comment
Pass










2: Infection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4


















RT
% RSD of RT
% RSD of Peak area
Tailing factor(T)
Theoretical Plate (N)







Result
1.16
0.1
0.4
1.4
5112











Criteria
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass










3: Calibration Curve Y=16354.946833x−532.850889
























RSD(%)



20% of



Conc.
Peak

of RF
Coefficient

Y-
STD


STD
(μg/ml)
area
RF
(n = 6)
(R)
Slope
intercept
1 Area























STD-1
1.005000
16235.695068
16154.9
0.8
1.0000
16354.946833
−532.8509
3247


STD-2
6.281000
101006.460064
16081.3







STD-3
25.124100
409182.518272
16286.5







STD-4
50.248200
819359.918359
16306.3







STD-5
100.496400
1827876.594574
16198.4







STD-6
200.992800
3305853.648774
16447.6







Mean
N/A
N/A
16245.8













Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient(R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)

















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria





















CSTD-1
100.0
99.9
100.2
  90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSTD-2
99.1
99.3
98.9
98.0.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs are not at the same concentration


CSTD-3
100.7
99.9
99.5
98.0.0-102.0%
level








Comment
Pass









In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
4.5% Day3 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 2.25%

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#2
Cell A#6
Cell B#3
Cell B#4
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















 60.00
54.994
57.714
54.019
54.717
55.361
2.9


120.00
82.496
86.872
80.964
82.932
83.316
3.0


180.00
102.145
108.350
101.811
103.469
103.944
2.9


240.00
116.492
123.255
116.098
117.953
118.450
2.8


300.00
127.040
135.982
128.371
129.901
130.324
3.0


360.00
137.604
148.125
139.169
142.064
141.741
3.3










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)














Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Mean
%


Time0.5
A#2
A#6
B#3
B#4
1-4
RSD 1-4
















 7.75
373.453
391.923
366.832
371.572
375.945
2.9


10.95
575.773
606.259
565.094
578.656
581.446
3.0


13.42
732.548
776.692
729.570
741.584
745.098
2.9


15.49
858.877
908.567
855.398
869.218
873.015
2.8


17.32
963.468
1029.868
971.591
983.729
987.164
3.0


18.97
1071.151
1150.804
1081.240
1103.081
1101.569
3.2


Slope
61.87
67.19
63.58
64.65
64.32
3.5


R2
0.9998
0.9998
0.9999
0.9997
0.9998
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
4.5% Day3 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 4.5%

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve














Cell
Cell
Cell
Cell
Mean
%


Time
A#1
A#5
B#2
B#6
1-4
RSD 1-4
















 60.00
114.924
110.831
111.525
108.299
111.395
2.5


120.00
170.368
168.304
167.373
164.053
167.525
1.6


180.00
208.336
206.437
208.201
202.691
206.416
1.3


240.00
239.862
235.028
233.826
232.401
235.279
1.4


300.00
261.230
258.500
258.483
255.056
258.317
1.0


360.00
287.153
282.227
279.233
280.592
282.301
1.2










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#1
Cell A#5
Cell B#2
Cell B#6
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















 7.75
780.424
752.630
757.343
735.435
756.458
2.5


10.95
1189.451
1174.276
1168.150
1144.692
1169.142
1.6


13.42
1495.489
1480.851
1492.763
1453.493
1480.649
1.3


15.49
1768.524
1733.417
1725.687
1712.599
1735.057
1.4


17.32
1981.498
1959.312
1959.288
1932.202
1958.075
1.0


18.97
2231.450
2193.579
2173.335
2177.779
2194.036
1.2


Slope
127.93
126.91
125.41
127.04
126.82
0.8


R2
0.9994
0.9997
0.9996
0.9995
0.9996
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5% 4.5% Day3 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 9.0%

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell B#1
Cell B#5
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4





 60.00
216.929
227.909
217.968
223.670
221.619
2.3


120.00
328.565
344.343
328.394
334.315
333.904
2.2


180.00
405.724
411.232
407.217
415.860
410.008
1.1


240.00
461.177
470.177
455.528
469.412
464.074
1.5


300.00
508.616
517.603
508.752
523.012
514.496
1.4


360.00
556.120
561.780
553.943
564.663
559.127
0.9










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.6
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell B#1
Cell B#5
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















 7.75
1473.119
1547.682
1480.174
1518.895
1504.967
2.3


10.95
2292.595
2402.847
2291.728
2333.549
2330.180
2.2


13.42
2909.533
2954.507
2919.917
2981.898
2941.464
1.1


15.49
3400.901
3471.148
3363.208
3463.226
3424.621
1.5


17.32
3853.539
3926.244
3853.533
3960.032
3898.337
1.4


18.97
4320.042
4372.697
4304.366
4390.861
4346.991
1.0


Slope
250.91
248.45
248.81
254.97
250.79
1.2


R2
0.9996
0.9994
0.9993
0.9998
0.9995
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
System Suitability for Nasobol Gel 4.5% Day3
1: Medium (Diluent)














Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of Testosterone from diluent injection


Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent


Comment
Pass










2: Infection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4


















RT
% RSD of RT
% RSD of Peak area
Tailing factor(T)
Theoretical Plate (N)







Result
1.17
0.1
0.5
1.4
5248











Criteria
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass










3: Calibration Curve Y=16446.511438x−909.542212





















Conc.
Peak

RSD(%)
Coefficient


20% of STD


STD
(μg/ml)
area
RF
of RF (n = 6)
(R)
Słope
Y-intercept
1 Area























STD-1
1.005000
15991.8451341
15912.3
1.4
1.0000
16446.511438
−909.542212
3198


STD-2
6.281000
100802.069561
16048.7







STD-3
25.124100
410316.947514
16331.6







STD-4
50.248200
820151.545344
16322.0







STD-5
100.496400
1656889.901975
16487.1







STD-6
200.992800
3308276.689704
16459.7







Mean
N/A
N/A
16260













Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient( R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)

















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria





















CSTD-1
101.5
100.5
100.3
  90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSTD-2
99.5
98.3
97.7
98.0.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs are not at the same concentration


CSTD-3
100.3
99.5
98.9
98.0.0-102.0%
level


Comment



Pass










In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
4.5% Day4 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 2.25%

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#1
Cell A#5
Cell B#2
Cell B#6
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















 60.00
55.058
54.174
55.844
54.942
55.005
1.2


120.00
82.450
81.172
83.609
82.010
82.310
1.2


180.00
103.031
102.307
103.860
102.854
103.013
0.6


240.00
119.731
117.894
120.468
118.790
119.221
0.9


300.00
132.888
130.313
134.287
131.764
132.313
1.3


360.00
143.479
138.721
143.770
141.399
141.842
1.6










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#1
Cell A#5
Cell B#2
Cell B#6
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















 7.75
373.887
367.884
379.225
373.099
373.524
1.2


10.95
575.479
566.550
583.572
572.458
574.515
1.2


13.42
738.569
733.041
744.749
737.210
738.392
0.7


15.49
881.128
867.837
886.918
874.531
877.603
0.9


17.32
1004.352
985.530
1014.846
996.246
1000.243
1.2


18.97
1113.874
1079.499
1117.240
1098.958
1102.392
1.6


Slope
66.23
64.08
66.22
65.12
65.41
1.6


R2
0.9998
0.9996
0.9997
0.9998
0.9997
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
4.5% Day4 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 4.5%

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell B#1
Cell B#5
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4





 60.00
112.124
114.480
112.222
115.806
113.658
1.6


120.00
170.342
175.929
170.587
175.841
173.175
1.8


180.00
211.969
215.483
212-348
219.092
214.723
1.5


240.00
245.587
250.181
244.691
252.851
248.328
1.6


300.00
268.986
276.034
270.206
282.540
274.442
2.3


360.00
290.134
298.167
293.638
305.212
296.788
2.2










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#3
Cell A#4
Cell B#1
Cell B#5
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















 7.75
761.410
777.409
762.076
786.414
771.827
1.6


10.95
1188.482
1227.088
1190.173
1226.866
1208.152
1.8


13.42
1519.360
1545.470
1522.031
1570.329
1539.297
1.5


15.49
1807.629
1842.068
1801.749
1861.571
1828.254
1.6


17.32
2036.016
2088.419
2044.251
2134.726
2075.853
2.2


18.97
2255.737
2316.823
2279.827
2368.632
2305.255
2.1


Slope
133.35
136.81
134.82
141.11
136.52
2.5


R2
0.9999
0.9999
0.9999
0.9998
0.9999
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation for Nasobol Gel 4.5%
4.5% Day4 Release Rate
Testosterone Gel 9.0%

Concentration of Active (μg/mL) Versus Time












Amount Released (μg/mL) Calculation by Linear Regression Curve













Time
Cell A#2
Cell A#6
Cell B#3
Cell B#4
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4





 60.00
215.853
222.792
211.379
219.348
217.343
2.2


120.00
329.810
344.136
321.102
337.453
333.125
3.0


180.00
411.198
428.858
404.979
421.971
416.752
2.6


240.00
474.841
493.977
462.253
487.875
479.737
2.9


300.00
522.127
550.136
512.332
540.898
531.373
3.2


360.00
565.951
593.682
555.027
584.821
574.870
3.1










Actual Amount of Active Released (μg/cm2) versus Time0.5












Amount Released (μg/cm2)













Time0.5
Cell A#2
Cell A#6
Cell B#3
Cell B#4
Mean 1-4
% RSD 1-4
















 7.75
1465.812
1512.933
1435.430
1489.546
1475.930
2.2


10.95
2300.745
2399.993
2240.345
2353.636
2323.680
3.0


13.42
2946.753
3072.695
2900.791
3023.062
2985.825
2.6


15.49
3495.287
3636.250
3404.316
3589.998
3531.463
2.9


17.32
3950.753
4157.384
3875.186
4088.110
4017.858
3.2


18.97
4396.088
4608.756
4310.082
4539.429
4463.589
3.0


Slope
260.67
275.63
255.83
271.79
265.98
3.5


R2
1.0000
1.0000
0.9999
1.0000
1.0000
0.0












In Vitro Release Rate Method Validation For Nasobol Gel 4.5%
System Suitability for Nasobol Gel 4.5% Day.
1: Medium (Diluent)














Result
There are no interference peaks at the RT of Testosterone from diluent injection


Criteria
There should be no significant interference peaks at the RT of Tesosterone from diluent


Comment
Pass










2: Infection Reproducibility RT, Tailing Factor and Theoretical Plate Number from Six Replicate Injections of STD-4


















RT
% RSD of RT
% RSD of Peak area
Tailing factor(T)
Theoretical Plate (N)







Result
1.18
0.1
0.4
1.4
5511











Criteria
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2.0%
NMT 2
NLT 1000








Comment
Pass










3: Calibration Curve Y=16050.748753x−354.26124





















Conc.
Peak

RSD(%)
Coefficient


20% of STD


STD
(μg/mL)
area
RF
of RF (n = 6)
(R)
Slope
Y-intercept
1 Area























STD-1
1.005000
15753.550011
15675.2
1.2

16050.7487531
−354.261240
3151


STD-2
6.281000
99637.415904
15863.3







STD-3
25.124100
403531.348593
16061.5







STD-4
50.248200
811049.854983
16140.9

1.0000





STD-5
100.496400
1623794.951359
16157.7







STD-6
200.992800
3209962.318234
15970.5







Mean
N/A
NIA
15978













Criteria
1): RSD of RF NMT 10.0%, 2): Coefficient( R) NLT 0.98



3): The y-intercept should be NMT 20% of the STD-1 peak response


Comment
Pass









4: Check STD Rec. (%)

















Beginning
Middle
End
Criteria








CSTD-1
100.4
100.6
99.6
  90.0-110.0%
Two of the nine CSTDs failing to meet the criteria is acceptable


CSTD-2
100.3
100.6
99.2
98.0.0-102.0%
providing the two failed CSTDs are not at the same concentration


CSTD-3
100.3
100.5
99.8
98.0.0-102.0%
level








Comment
Pass








Claims
  • 1-140. (canceled)
  • 141. An applicator system for topical administration of a plurality of doses of a controlled release testosterone gel to deposit the controlled release testosterone gel on a dermal surface, said applicator system comprising: (a) a chamber pre-filled with the plurality of doses of the testosterone gel;(b) an actuator nozzle, said actuator nozzle comprising an outlet channel and a tip; and(c) wherein the controlled release testosterone gel comprises amongst other ingredients (i) testosterone in an amount effective for use in treating testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy,(ii) at least one lipophilic or partly lipophilic carrier,(iii) a geling agent(d) wherein, each said dose deposited on a dermal surface is an uniform dose amount having a dose life; so that, each deposited said dose provides sustained release of a therapeutically effective amount of testosterone from the controlled release testosterone gel over said dose life to achieve a constant testosterone blood level, without significant fluctuations testosterone blood level, for effective use in treating testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy.
  • 142. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein said applicator system is an airless fluid dispensing system.
  • 143. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein said applicator system is a dip-tube fluid dispensing system.
  • 144. The applicator system of claim 142, wherein said applicator system is a pump.
  • 145. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein said applicator system is a COMOD system.
  • 146. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein said applicator system is a digital airless applicator system.
  • 147. (canceled)
  • 148. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein the testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy is male testosterone deficiency.
  • 149. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein the dose amount is from about 60 to about 180 microliters.
  • 150. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein the controlled release testosterone gel further includes a surfactant.
  • 151. A method of treating a patient in need of testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy, said method comprising: (a) depositing a dose amount of a controlled release testosterone gel on an outer skin surface, wherein the dose has a dose life and the controlled release testosterone gel comprises (i) testosterone in an amount effective for use in treating testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy, and(ii) a pharmaceutical vehicle; and,(b) rubbing the formulation on the outer skin surface on which the dose amount was deposited, wherein, the deposited and distributed dose amount provides sustained release of a therapeutically effective amount of the testosterone from the deposited and distributed dose amount, so that, over the dose life, a constant effective testosterone blood level is achieved, without causing significant fluctuations in testosterone blood level, for effectively treating the patient in need of testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy.
  • 152. The method of claim 151, wherein the dose amount is from about 130 to about 180 microliters.
  • 153. (canceled)
  • 154. The method of claim 151, wherein the testosterone replacement or supplemental therapy is male testosterone deficiency.
  • 155. The method of claim 151, wherein the controlled release testosterone gel further includes a surfactant.
  • 156-163. (canceled)
  • 164. The applicator system of claim 150, wherein the lipophilic carrier is castor oil, the geling agent is colloidal silicon dioxide, and the surfactant is oleoyl macrogolglyceride or a mixture of oleoyl macrogolglycerides.
  • 165. The applicator system of claim 164, wherein the testosterone is present in an amount of from about 4% to about 10% by weight of said testosterone gel formulation.
  • 166. The applicator system of claim 141, wherein each dose comprises about 5 mg to about 10 mg of testosterone.
  • 167. The method of claim 155, wherein the controlled release testosterone gel comprises castor oil and colloidal silicon dioxide, and the surfactant is oleoyl macrogolglyceride or a mixture of oleoyl macrogolglycerides.
  • 168. The method of claim 166, wherein the testosterone is present in an amount of from about 4% to about 10% by weight of said testosterone gel formulation.
  • 169. The method of claim 151, wherein the method comprises depositing about 5 mg to about 10 mg of testosterone per nostril.
  • 170. The method of claim 169, wherein the method comprises administering to the patient about 11 mg of testosterone per dose.
RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/726,564, filed Nov. 14, 2012, and U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 61/729,304, filed Nov. 21, 2012. The contents of each of the foregoing applications are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety.

Provisional Applications (2)
Number Date Country
61729304 Nov 2012 US
61726564 Nov 2012 US
Continuations (14)
Number Date Country
Parent 18224253 Jul 2023 US
Child 18436111 US
Parent 18078318 Dec 2022 US
Child 18224253 US
Parent 17831494 Jun 2022 US
Child 18078318 US
Parent 17530973 Nov 2021 US
Child 17831494 US
Parent 17307024 May 2021 US
Child 17530973 US
Parent 17032746 Sep 2020 US
Child 17307024 US
Parent 16810642 Mar 2020 US
Child 17032746 US
Parent 16549232 Aug 2019 US
Child 16810642 US
Parent 16295933 Mar 2019 US
Child 16549232 US
Parent 16105867 Aug 2018 US
Child 16295933 US
Parent 15849746 Dec 2017 US
Child 16105867 US
Parent 14713706 May 2015 US
Child 15849746 US
Parent 14508904 Oct 2014 US
Child 14713706 US
Parent 14080695 Nov 2013 US
Child 14508904 US